Ricoh D014 Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Ricoh Manuals
  4. Printer Accessories
  5. D014
  6. Service manual
Ricoh D014 Service Manual

Ricoh D014 Service Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for D014:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
D014/D015/D078/D079
SERVICE MANUAL
(Book 1 of 2)
003379MIU
MAINFRAME
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Ricoh D014

Summary of Contents for Ricoh D014

  • Page 1 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA D014/D015/D078/D079 SERVICE MANUAL (Book 1 of 2) 003379MIU MAINFRAME CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 3 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 5 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA D014/D015/D078/D079 SERVICE MANUAL B00K 1 OF 2 MAINFRAME 003379MIU CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 7 It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best interest of Ricoh Americas Corporation and its member companies. NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY FASHION AND DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE PRIOR PERMISSION OF RICOH AMERICAS CORPORATION.
  • Page 8 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 9 Ricoh Technical Training Program. Untrained uncertified users utilizing information contained in this service manual to repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal injury, damage to property or loss of warranty protection. Ricoh Americas Corporation CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 11 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LEGEND PRODUCT CODE COMPANY LANIER RICOH SAVIN D014 LD260c MP C6000 C6055 D015 LD275c MP C7500 C7570 D078 Pro C550EX Pro C550EX Pro C550EX D079 Pro C700EX Pro C700EX Pro C700EX DOCUMENTATION HISTORY REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS...
  • Page 12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 13: Table Of Contents

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA D014/D015/D078/D079 TABLE OF CONTENTS NEW FEATURES OF D014/D015 NEW FEATURES OF D014/D015 ..........D-1 RESPONSES TO REQUESTS FOR IMPROVEMENT ......D-1 IMPROVED PRODUCTIVITY .............. D-1 Copy Speed..................D-1 Shorter Warm-up Time..............D-1 Overall System ................D-2 IMPROVED RELIABILITY..............D-2 Longer Service Life of Developer ...........
  • Page 14 Increased Durability of Paper Transfer Roller....... D-36 FUSING UNIT ..................D-38 GENERAL LAYOUT OF FUSING UNIT..........D-38 New Pressure Roller Lift Mechanism ........... D-39 MOTORS ....................D-40 FRONT, REAR VIEW OF DRUM CLEANING, DEVELOPMENT, DRUM MOTORS........... D-40 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 15 OPC Drums .................. D-51 Toner .................... D-51 INSTALLATION 1. INSTALLATION ...............1-1 1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS............1-1 1.1.1 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ............1-1 1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL ................1-2 1.1.3 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS ..........1-2 1.1.4 DIMENSIONS ................1-3 1.1.5 POWER REQUIREMENTS............1-3 1.2 COPIER AND PERIPHERALS..............1-5 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 1.2.1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 1 ............1-5 1.2.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 2 ............1-7 1.2.3 MFP OPTIONS (LISTED ALPHABETICALLY) ......1-8 1.3 COPIER D014/D015 ................1-10 1.3.1 ACCESSORIES .................1-10 1.3.2 INSTALLATION .................1-11 External Tapes and Packing Material..........1-11 Internal Tapes and Packing Material ..........1-12 Shipping Retainer Removal............1-14...
  • Page 17 Installation Procedure for 240V .............1-72 1.10 2000/3000 SHEET FINISHERS (D373/D374) .......1-74 1.10.1 ACCESSORIES ..............1-74 1.10.2 INSTALLATION..............1-75 Removing Tapes and Packing Materials ........1-76 Docking the Finisher to the Copier ..........1-78 Attaching the Trays ...............1-81 Leveling the Finisher ..............1-82 Support Trays................1-82 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 18 Attaching the Interposer Tray ............1-121 Docking the Finisher/Interposer with the Machine.......1-122 1.16 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI5000 (B835)......1-125 1.16.1 ACCESSORIES ..............1-125 1.16.2 INSTALLATION..............1-127 Setting up the Unit and Docking to the Copier......1-127 Docking the Next Peripheral Device..........1-131 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 19 Storing SD Application Cards on Site..........1-156 1.18.7 PRINTER/SCANNER D376 AND INTERFACE UNIT ..1-157 Accessories .................1-157 Installation ...................1-157 1.18.8 IEEE 1284 INTERFACE BOARD B679 (CENTRONICS) ...1-159 Accessories .................1-159 Installation ...................1-159 1.18.9 BLUETOOTH INTERFACE UNIT B826......1-160 Accessories .................1-160 Installation Procedure..............1-160 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 20 1.18.17 BROWSER UNIT TYPE D (D377) ........1-180 Accessories .................1-180 Installation ...................1-180 1.18.18 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT TYPE F (B829) .....1-182 Accessories .................1-182 User Tool Setting.................1-183 1.18.19 VM CARD TYPE E (D377)..........1-184 Accessories .................1-184 Installation ...................1-184 D014/D015/D078/D079 viii CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 21 2.3.6 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY B704 ..........2-18 2.3.7 Z-FOLDING UNIT B660 .............2-19 2.3.8 3000-SHEET FINISHER B830...........2-19 2.3.9 PUNCH B831................2-20 2.3.10 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY B835 ........2-20 2.4 LUBRICATION POINTS..............2-21 2.4.1 COPIER ..................2-21 OPC, ITB Replacement ..............2-21 Fusing Unit ..................2-22 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 22 To pull out the drawer unit: ............3-19 To remove the drawer unit:............3-19 3.2.10 DUPLEX UNIT..............3-21 3.2.11 OPENING, LOCKING THE CONTROLLER BOX COVER ...3-22 3.2.12 SD CARD STORAGE............3-23 3.3 LASER UNIT ..................3-24 3.3.1 CAUTION DECALS ..............3-24 3.3.2 POLYGON MOTOR..............3-25 3.3.3 LASER UNIT................3-27 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 23 3.5.2 DOUBLE-FEED DETECTION PHOTOSENSOR, REGISTRATION SENSOR.....................3-65 3.5.3 PTR UNIT ..................3-66 3.5.4 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER, DISCHARGE PLATE....3-68 3.5.5 LUBRICANT BAR ..............3-69 3.5.6 CLEANING BLADE ..............3-70 3.5.7 CLEANING BRUSH ROLLER............3-71 Replacement .................3-71 3.5.8 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT, PAPER SEPARATION POWER PACK ....................3-72 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 24 Adjusting the Gap Between Fusing Belt Strippers and Fusing Belt3-102 3.7.5 IMPORTANT WARNING ABOUT THERMOSTATS ....3-104 3.8 BOARDS...................3-105 3.8.1 PCB LAYOUT ................3-105 3.8.2 CONTROLLER ................3-108 When installing the new controller board........3-108 After installing the controller board ..........3-109 3.8.3 IPU/VBCU ................3-110 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 25 3.9.6 ITB DRIVE MOTOR ..............3-132 3.10 AIR FILTERS AND OZONE FILTERS.........3-134 3.10.1 UPPER FILTER BOX ............3-135 3.10.2 MIDDLE FILTER BOX ............3-136 3.10.3 LOWER FILTER BOX ............3-137 3.11 FIRMWARE UPDATE ..............3-138 3.11.1 BEFORE YOU BEGIN… ............3-138 3.11.2 FIRMWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE.........3-139 xiii D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 26 5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE ...............5-1 5.2 GROUP 1000 ..................5-2 5.3 GROUP 2000 ..................5-23 5.4 GROUP 3000 ..................5-93 5.5 GROUP 4000 ..................5-133 5.6 GROUP 5000 ..................5-155 5.7 GROUP 6000 ..................5-239 5.8 GROUP 7000 ..................5-271 5.9 GROUP 8000 ..................5-304 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 27 YCM PCUs ..................6-23 K PCU ...................6-24 6.6.5 DRUM CLEANING AND LUBRICATION ........6-25 6.6.6 PCU VENTILATION..............6-26 Ozone Ventilation ................6-26 6.6.7 DEVELOPMENT UNIT ..............6-27 Overview ..................6-27 Development Unit Operation ............6-28 Development, PCU Unit Drive ............6-29 6.7 USED TONER COLLECTION.............6-30 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 28 6.9.1 IMAGE TRANSFER OVERVIEW..........6-63 6.9.2 ITB DRIVE .................6-67 6.9.3 ITB LIFT ..................6-68 6.9.4 TRANSFER POWER PACK ............6-70 6.9.5 ITB CLEANING ................6-72 6.9.6 ITB SPEED CONTROL..............6-74 6.9.7 ITB VENTILATION..............6-76 6.9.8 PAPER TRANSFER ..............6-77 Paper Transfer Unit Overview ............6-77 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 29 6.10.7 FUSING UNIT VENTILATION ..........6-95 6.10.8 PRESSURE ROLLER LIFT MECHANISM ......6-96 SPECIFICATIONS 7. SPECIFICATIONS..............7-1 7.1 SPECIFICATIONS ................7-1 7.1.1 MAIN FRAME D014/D015 ............7-1 Copying ...................7-1 Printing ....................7-5 Scanning ..................7-6 Original Feed: ARDF B652..............7-8 7.1.2 OPTIONAL PERIPHERALS............7-9 LCT B473 ..................7-9 LCT 4000 D350 ................7-10 8½...
  • Page 30 B704 COVER INTERPOSER TYPE 3260 SEE SECTION B704 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS B473/B474/B475 RT43 LCT SEE SECTION B743/B474/B475 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS B762 MAILBOX CS391 SEE SECTION B762 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS D014/D015/D078/D079 xviii CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 31 B835 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI5000 SEE SECTION B835 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS D350 RT4000 A3/12 x 18 LCT SEE SECTION D350 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS D356 FAX OPTION TYPE C7500 SEE SECTION D356 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 33: Replacement And Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA INSTALLATION D356 G3 Interface & Fax Option Type C7500 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT D350 RT4000 A3/12X18 LCT TROUBLESHOOTING D373/D373 SR4010/SR4020 Saddle Stitch Finisher B830 SR5000 100 Sheet Finisher B704 Cover Interposer Type 3260 B835 Cover Interposer Tray CI5000 B762 Mailbox CS391 B660 Z Folding Unit ZF4000 Tab index continued on next page…...
  • Page 34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 35 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tab index continued… SERVICE TABLES DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS SPECIFICATIONS B743/B474/B475 RT43 LCT B331 A3/11X17 Tray Type 850 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 37 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Service Manuals. Detailed information, such as some replacement and adjustment procedures, and detailed descriptions have been omitted from this service manual. This is because the information is identical to the previous model B132/B200.
  • Page 38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 39: New Features Of D014/D015

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 NEW FEATURES OF D014/D015 RESPONSES TO REQUESTS FOR IMPROVEMENT This section describes changes that were implemented in response to requests for improvement in the performance of the B132/B200. IMPROVED PRODUCTIVITY Copy Speed...

  • Page 40: Overall System

    B132/B200 The developer in the D014/D015 development unit is circulated in one direction. This achieves better uniformity in the application of the toner to the developer sleeve. Compared to the B132/B200, this means less variation in image density from left to right and from top to bottom on the output pages.
  • Page 41 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 The adoption of the PxP toner with its lower melting point means that the machine must be adequately ventilated to keep the interior of the machine cooler. Development Unit Cooling A single fan (near the front door) draws in fresh air from outside the machine and blows it across the heat sink.
  • Page 42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 The used toner pipe path has been extended. The air vent below the Y PCU has been enlarged so that it can handle a greater volume of air. is the heat pipe, is the used toner conduit.
  • Page 43 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 An air flow duct has been added to the ITB cleaning unit to improve ventilation. New cooling fan for the paper drive unit A cooling fan has been added to the paper drive unit to improve ventilation.

  • Page 44: Paper Feed

    Handling Thick Paper As shown in the diagram above, the paper feed path has been changed. The dotted lines show the shape of the paper feed path of the D014/D015, the solid lines the path in the B132/B200. The paper transport unit and the fusing unit entrance guide were both raised, so the angle is much shallower.

  • Page 45: Paper Output

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Paper Output The amount of paper curl (compared with the B132/B200) has been reduced. To reduce the amount of buckling of the paper in the paper path, the inverter relay roller feeds all paper at the same speed after it passes the de-curler.

  • Page 46: Elimination Of Pawl Marks On Prints

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Elimination of Pawl Marks on Prints A new fusing belt stripper eliminates shiny stripper marks on prints. A new stripper plate has been designed to strip copies that occasionally stick to the fusing belt.

  • Page 47: Fusing Lamp Rearrangement In The Heating Roller

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Fusing Lamp Rearrangement in the Heating Roller The layout of the fusing lamps has been rearranged to ensure a more efficient distribution of heat. In the Heating Roller: Lamp heats the entire length of the fusing belt.

  • Page 48: Reduction Of Pressure On The Hot Roller

    For thick paper: The nip of the D014/D015 is wider than the nip of the B132/B200. The line speed of the D014/D015 adjusts to slower speeds to match the thickness of the paper. Other modifications were done to allow handling thicker paper: A guide mylar was added at the "turn"...

  • Page 49: Operability

    With the B132/B200, the operator must push and hold down a side lever while moving the end fence. With the D014/D015, the operator need only press the end fence slightly to move it to the position for a standard paper size.

  • Page 50: Adoption Of New Pxp Toner

    The difference in the granularity of B132/B200 pulverized toner (6.8 μm) and D014/D015 PxP toner (5 μm) toner has a significant effect on image quality. The D014/D015 toner with toner granules of smaller diameter reproduces a much better image with dots of 0.4, compared with 0.5 of the B132/B200.

  • Page 51: Sharpening Text

    "halo" effect around text characters). Better text reproduction was achieved with better control over the rotation of the development roller and drum and changing the ratio of their rotation. The drum and development roller are driven by separate motors in the D014/D015. Blurring at the Trailing Edges of Images Many customers requested elimination of the blurring at the trailing edges of images.

  • Page 52: Elimination Of Shiny Pawl Marks On Prints

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 ELIMINATION OF SHINY PAWL MARKS ON PRINTS Many customers requested elimination of the shiny streaks at the trailing edges of sheets that were caused by the strippers that removed paper from the fusing belt.

  • Page 53: Comparison Of Changes In Basic Operation

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 COMPARISON OF CHANGES IN BASIC OPERATION D014/D015 B132/B200 Copy D014 FC: 55 cpm, B132/B200 FC: 45 cpm, Speed B&W: 60 cpm B&W 60 D015 FC: 70 cpm B132/B200 FC: 55 cpm B&W: 75 cpm...

  • Page 54: Comments

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Normal D014: 282 mm/s B132/B200 282 mm/s Paper D015: 352.8 mm/s Thick D014/D015: Thk 1: 176.4 mm/s, B132/B200: 141 mm/s Paper Thk 2, Thk 3: 141 mm/s OHP D014/D015 141 mm/s...

  • Page 55: System Configuration And New Options

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND NEW OPTIONS Configuration 1 (with D373/D374 Finisher) No. Item Comments D014/D015 Main unit Tandem Tray Built into main unit A3/11"x17" Tray Type (B331) Option for tandem tray Tab Sheet Holder Type (B499)
  • Page 56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 No. Item Comments Card Reader Bracket (B498) Counter option LCT 4000 (D350) * Only one of these options can be installed. A4/LT LCT (B473) LCT Adapter (B699) Required for LCT B473...

  • Page 57: Configuration 2 (With B830 Finisher

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Configuration 2 (with B830 Finisher) No. Item Comments D014/D015 Main unit Tandem Tray Built into main unit A3/11"x17" Tray Type (B331) Option for tandem tray Tab Sheet Holder Type (B499) Option for universal tray...
  • Page 58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 No. Item Comments LCT Adapter (B699) Required for LCT B473 to adjust height. LG Unit for A4/LT LCT (B474) Option for LCT B473 Cover Interposer Tray CI 5000 (B835) Two source trays. Can be installed with 3000-sheet finisher B830 only.

  • Page 59: New Peripheral

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 NEW OPTIONS FOR B132/B200 These are the options available for D014/D015. Only the LCIT 4000 (D350) is a new model. The other options are used with other Ricoh machines. New Peripheral LCT 4000 (D350).

  • Page 60: Mfp Options (Listed Alphabetically

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 MFP OPTIONS (LISTED ALPHABETICALLY) Option Prod. No. Config. Bluetooth Interface Unit Type 3245 B826 Board Browser Unit Type D D377 SD Card Copy Connector Type 2105 B328 Board Copy Data Security Unit Type F...

  • Page 61: Appearance Of Actual Configurations

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 APPEARANCE OF ACTUAL CONFIGURATIONS Configuration Sample for General Office Customers No. Item Comments D014/D015 Main unit LCT 473 Option Finisher SR4020 (D373) 2000-sheet finisher, 50 staple, Booklet folding and stapling D-23 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 62: Configuration Sample For Light Production Customers

    Z-Folding Unit ZF4000 (B660) Finisher SR5000 (B830) More Details About Design Changes This is a summary of the most important design changes in the D014/D015. For more details, please refer to Section 6 of the D014/D015 manual. D014/D015/D078/D079 D- 24...

  • Page 63: Pcu (Photoconductor Unit

    D014/D015, the developer is poured from a newly designed developer bottle attached to the front end of a PCU. After filling, the bottle is detached and discarded. With the D014/D015, it is not necessary to remove the PCUs from the machine in order to fill them with developer.

  • Page 64: Different Designs Of Ycm Pcu And K Pcu

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Different Designs of YCM PCU and K PCU Charge Corona Unit (Scorotron type) Only the K PCU uses a charge corona unit. Charge Corona Wire Cleaner Charge Roller Unit The Y, M, C PCUs use charge Charge Roller Cleaning Roller rollers.
  • Page 65 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 The OPC drums of the B132/B200 and D014/D015 are not interchangeable. D-27 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 66: Potential Sensors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 POTENTIAL SENSORS Potential Sensor Postion The drum potential sensors (x4) no longer reside inside the PCUs. They are attached to the main machine just above each PCU . This new arrangement keeps the potential sensors free of toner and dust during servicing.

  • Page 67: Development Unit

    9 Used Toner Auger 10 Filter Developer Cartridge Note: The D014/D015 does not contain a developer cartridge. The PCU is filled with developer from a newly designed bottle. The PCU does not need to be removed from the D-29 D014/D015/D078/D079...

  • Page 68: External View Of Development Unit

    Toner Supply Port Development Cartridge Note: The D014/D015 does not contain a developer cartridge. The PCU is filled with developer from a newly designed bottle. The PCU does not need to be removed from the machine in order to fill it with developer.

  • Page 69: Toner/Developer Flow Inside The Development Unit

    The one-direction flow of developer in the D014/D015 development unit improves image quality. In the D014/D015, the path for fresh developer is separate from the path that collects excess toner from the doctor blade that smoothes the toner that will be applied to the drum.

  • Page 70: Toner Supply

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 TONER SUPPLY With the exception of a few minor differences, D014/D015 uses the same toner supply system as the previous model. Toner Supply Components Waste Developer Coil* Horizontal Used Toner Transport Coil...

  • Page 71: New Stc (Soft Toner Cartridge

    The STC for the D014/D015 does not fit into the B132/B200; a B132/B200 STC does not fit in the D014/D015. However, it is possible to set the wrong type of STC and close the toner hopper even if the wrong type of STC is installed.

  • Page 72: Transfer Unit (Image Transfer And Paper Transfer Units

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 TRANSFER UNIT (IMAGE TRANSFER AND PAPER TRANSFER UNITS) ITB UNIT There are some changes in the transfer unit: The PTR lift mechanism [1] has been redesigned. This is the mechanism that keeps the PTR unit against the ITB during belt-to-paper image transfer and lowers the unit when the transfer unit is not operating.

  • Page 73: Ptr Lift Mechanism

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 PTR Lift Mechanism The PTR lift motor [A] rotates cam [B]. The rotation of the cam raises and lowers the lift plate [C], which in turn raises and lowers the PTR [D].

  • Page 74: Increased Durability Of Paper Transfer Roller

    B132/B200. Also, there is some scratching on the belt caused by the lubricant bar being in direct contact with the roller In the D014/D015, the lubricant bar does not touch the roller. The lubricant brush roller picks up the lubricant (ZnSt) from the lubricant bar and applies the lubricant to the surface of the roller.
  • Page 75 To equalize this pressure at the nip between the ITB bias roller (opposite the PTR in the ITB) and the PTR in the D014/D015, the ITB bias roller of the D014/D015 is composed of softer material. This extends the service life of the D014/D015 PTR to 300K.

  • Page 76: Fusing Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 FUSING UNIT A fusing belt and three fusing rollers comprise the new fusing unit. The rollers are the heating roller (fusing lamps x3), pressure roller (fusing lamp x1), and hot roller (no fusing lamps).

  • Page 77: New Pressure Roller Lift Mechanism

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 1. Heating Roller 10. Pressure Roller Fusing Lamp 2. Heating Roller Fusing Lamps x2 11. Cleaning Roller 3. Heating Roller Fusing Lamp x1 12. Oil Supply Roller 4. Heating Roller Thermistor 13.

  • Page 78: Motors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 MOTORS The following illustrations show the positions of motors around the drum, as viewed from the rear. FRONT, REAR VIEW OF DRUM CLEANING, DEVELOPMENT, DRUM MOTORS Drum Cleaning Motors x4* Development Motors x4*...

  • Page 79: Changes To Improve Torque Transmission Efficiency

    Also, for the D014/D015 drum motor, the rotation wave fluctuation of has been reduced by 30%. In addition to this change in drum motor design, the FB (Feedback) control system has been improved to reduce color registration errors.

  • Page 80: Fb Control

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 FB Control The average incidence of color registration errors on the ITB has been reduced. This has been achieved by improvement in the hardware (FB electrical components) and software (control algorithms).

  • Page 81: Itb Drive, Ptr, Fusing/Exit Motors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 ITB Drive, PTR, Fusing/Exit Motors ITB Drive Motor PTR Motor Fusing/Exit Motor Paper Transport Belt Drive Shaft Fusing Unit Drive Shaft Duplex Unit Drive Shaft ITB Cleaning Unit Drive Shaft Used Toner Drive Shaft...

  • Page 82: K/Ymc Lift, Used Toner Motors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 K/YMC Lift, Used Toner Motors Black ITB Roller Lift Motor* Diagonal Used Toner Coil Motor ITB Lift Motor Horizontal Used Toner Coil : New item: Lowers the black image transfer roller away from the ITB and PCU drum during automatic developer installation.

  • Page 83: Controller Board

    Filter Box Cover. There are new filter boxes on the back of the machine. There are now three filter boxes. Paper Tray Handles. A new tray handle design has been adopted for the D014/D015. Also, the shape and operation of the end fence has changed.

  • Page 84: Notes About Servicing

    The STCs of the B132/B200 and D014/D015 are not interchangeable. The D014/D015 uses the new PxP toner and the developer bottle has a new design. The B132/B200 STCs cannot be inserted in the D014/D015. The OPC drums of the B132/B200 and D014/D015 are also not interchangeable.
  • Page 85 A D014/D015 PCU consists of both the drum unit and the development unit. However, unlike a B132/B200 PCU unit that could be opened, with the D014/D015 the drum unit and development unit must be separated for servicing. Installation of a new PCU. This procedure has changed. More SP code settings are required.
  • Page 86 There is no danger of damaging either the fusing unit or main machine. The B132/B200 and D014/D015 fusing belts are not interchangeable. The D014/D015 belt is longer. 8. Boards. The layout of the main boards has changed.

  • Page 87: Detailed Summary Of Changes

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 DETAILED SUMMARY OF CHANGES External Appearance, Operation Panel The operation panel includes a WVGA (Wide Video Graphic Array) Color Touch-Panel External covers and paper trays are newly designed. Paper trays adopt a new design.

  • Page 88: Laser Writing

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Laser Writing In line with the improvement in the line speed, the speed of the polygon motor has been increased. (This follows similar improvement in other machines.) Paper Feed In response to requests for better handling of thick paper, some changes have been done within the restricted range of the present B132/B200 layout.

  • Page 89: Image Transfer

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Differences Between the D014/D015 & B132/B200 Image Transfer The following measures have been adopted to deal with the problems of blade service life and dirty OPC drums, caused by the slippage of PxP toners on the ITB:...
  • Page 90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 91: Installation

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA INSTALLATION SECTION 1 INSTALLATION REVISION HISTORY Page Date Added/Updated/New 19 ~ 20 02/21/2008 Filling the PCU with Developer 02/29/2008 LCT Adapter 101 ~ 102 04/01/2008 Finisher Adapter Type C 111 ~ 115 03/27/2008 B831 Punch Unit 125 ~ 126 02/29/2008 Cover Interposer Tray CL5000 137 ~ 138...
  • Page 92 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 93: Installation Requirements

    30°C (86°F): (1) Do not run full color copying longer than 2 hours, and (2) never turn the main power switch off immediately after a long copy job. Leave the machine on so the fans can expel the hot air from the machine and cool the electronic components. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 94: Machine Level

    1.1.3 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS Put the copier near the power source. Minimum clearance must be as shown below. The same amount of clearance is necessary when optional peripheral devices are installed. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 95: Dimensions

    Do not connect more than one electrical device to the same power outlet. Be sure to ground the machine. Do not put objects on the power cord. Input voltage level North America D014/D078 120V 60 Hz, more than 16A D015/D079 208 to 240V 60 Hz, more than 12A D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Installation Requirements Europe/Asia D014/D015/D078/D079 220 to 240V 50/60 Hz, more than 12A Permissible voltage fluctuation: ±10% Some electrical components are different, depending on the power supply used. The following components are different, depending on the power supply.

  • Page 97: Copier And Peripherals

    1.2.1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 1 The system should be installed in the order shown above and listed below. Product No. Item Comments D014/D015/D078/D079 D014/D015/D078/D079 Main unit D350 LCIT 4000 Only one of these options can be installed. B473 A4/LT LCT...
  • Page 98 Option for LCT B473 B498 Card Reader Bracket Counter option B499 Tab Sheet Holder Type Option for tandem tray B702 Punch Unit For either finisher D373 or D374 B703 Output Jogger Unit For either finisher D373 or D374 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 99: System Configuration 2

    Copier and Peripherals 1.2.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 2 The system should be installed in the order shown above and listed below. Product No. Item Comments D014/D015/D078/D079 D014/D015/D078/D079 Main unit B473 A4/LT LCT Only one of these optional paper B699 LCT Adapter banks can be installed.

  • Page 100: Mfp Options (Listed Alphabetically)

    SD Card Copy Connector Type 2105 B328 Board Copy Data Security Unit Type F B829 Board Data Overwrite Security Unit Type H D377 SD Card File Format Converter Type E D377 Board Gigabit Ethernet D377* D377 Board D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 101 Java VM Card Type E D377 SD Card PostScript 3 Unit Type C7500 D378 SD Card Printer/Scanner Unit Type 7500 D376 SD Card The EFI (Fiery) Controller currently under development will be connected via the Gigabit Ethernet Board. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 102: Copier D014/D015

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 1.3 COPIER D014/D015/D078/D079 1.3.1 ACCESSORIES Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. Description Q'ty Instructions Pocket Exposure glass cloth holder Exposure glass cloth Leveling Shoes PCU stand Ferrite Core PCU Stand Holder Decal: Paper Loading...

  • Page 103: Installation

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 1.3.2 INSTALLATION External Tapes and Packing Material Always turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you do these procedures. Remove all tapes and packing material from the main machine: Remove: [A]: ARDF, right side [B]: Packing block inside ARDF [C]: Accessories bag.

  • Page 104: Internal Tapes And Packing Material

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Remove: [A]: Under ARDF [B]: Operation panel film Internal Tapes and Packing Material Open the front door: Remove the transfer belt release lever [A] (1 tape). We will install this in the correct location later.
  • Page 105 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Do not touch [B], [C], or [D] at this time. These items are removed after you remove the faceplate. To prevent damage to the ITB, never turn down lever [D] to pull out the drawer unit until after you have removed the rod with the red tag and wire [B].

  • Page 106: Shipping Retainer Removal

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Shipping Retainer Removal Prepare an open space on the floor for the hopper. Remove the screws of the toner hopper cover [A] ( x 3). Put your hands under the left and right corners of the toner hopper, and slowly pull it out on its rails until it stops.
  • Page 107 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Remove the tag, and rod [A] ( x 1). Disconnect the fan connector [B]. 10. Remove the faceplate [C] ( x 5). Do not pull out the drawer unit until after you remove the stabilizing rod and tag.

  • Page 108: Reattach The Faceplate

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Reattach the Faceplate Attach the faceplate [A] with the screws in the sequence shown by the numbers above x 5). Do not tighten these screws too much. Reattach the fan [B]. Make sure the fan connector is not pinched behind the faceplate.
  • Page 109 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 A sheet of paper protects the ITB if you accidentally pull the drawer out without first removing the rod. Do not push the drawer into the machine. Follow the procedure on the instruction sheet to remove the rod and paper.

  • Page 110: Filling The Pcu Units With Developer

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Filling the PCU Units with Developer Before You Begin… Follow this procedure in the order described below. Do not turn the machine on or off or open the front door until you are instructed to do Developer Filling Procedure If you have not already done so, remove the toner hopper unit (described above).
  • Page 111 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 02/2008 Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Vigorously shake the bottle up and down 10 to 15 times. Hold the bottle as shown above, with the white component pointing up. ⇒ Attach [A] securely to [B]. Mount a developer bottle on each PCU.
  • Page 112 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Rev. 02/2008 ⇒ Make sure the neck of Make sure there is no gap the bottle snaps and between the developer bottle locks into place. and PCU. Confirm that the neck of each bottle snaps and locks in place. Confirm that the neck of each bottle is parallel with the top of each PCU.
  • Page 113 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Display What It Means Succeeded The PCU is already full of developer. Failed Developer filled before doing SP3814-1 14. Confirm that each developer bottle is completely empty. Each developer bottle must be completely empty. Even if SP3815 returned a "1" for each bottle to indicate successful completion of the operation, there may be toner remaining in a bottle.
  • Page 114 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Obey local laws and regulations concerning the disposal of items such as the empty bottles. If you experience any problem with developer filling, go to Section 3 and do the procedures described under "Handling Problems with Developer Filling" in the "PCU"...

  • Page 115: Reinstall The Toner Hopper

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Reinstall the Toner Hopper Rotate the transfer release lever [A] up so that it locks. The transfer belt release lever must be turned up and locked before you install the toner hopper. If you forget to attach the transfer belt release lever [A], or if it is not locked, this will cause an image transfer roller position error (SC447).

  • Page 116: Stc (Soft Toner Cartridge) Installation

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 STC (Soft Toner Cartridge) Installation Before you begin: You must use the V-C2 STCs with this machine. The STCs of the previous model (or any other model) cannot be used with this machine (the V-C2 STCs contain 90% toner and 10% carrier).
  • Page 117 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Shake the STC [A] up and down about 10 times. Do not squeeze or knead the toner cartridge (this will make clumps in the toner). Make sure the flat bottom of the cartridge is up.

  • Page 118: Initializing Developer And Toner

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Initializing Developer and Toner Before You Begin… Follow this procedure in the correct order as described below. Do not turn on the machine until you are instructed to do so. To prevent damage to the drums during this procedure, make sure that the front door is open before you switch on the machine.

  • Page 119: Load The Paper Trays

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 You must close the front door. Wait for the machine to warm up and enter standby mode. Enter the SP mode and do 3811-1 to send toner to the PCUs and initialize the TD sensor. This requires about 4 min.

  • Page 120: Make A Test Color Print

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 It is not necessary to input the paper size setting for trays 2 and 3. This is detected automatically. Make a Test Color Print Make sure that A3 or DLT paper is in one of the trays.

  • Page 121: Do The Color Registration Procedure For Music

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Touch [Start Scanning] on the display. The machine scans the pattern one time. Scanning… Please wait. If you see this error: Scanning failed. Place test pattern on the exposure glass correctly. Then press [Start Scanning].

  • Page 122: Counter Display Setting

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Counter Display Setting The default setting for the counter is "0" (development). Do the SP setting below to set the counter for copy/print (paper count). Enter the SP mode. Do SP5045-1. Select the counter to use:...

  • Page 123: Attach The Pcu Stand Rack And Store The Pcu Stand

    (after they have been separated.) To prevent damage to the exposed OPC drum on the bottom of the PCU, never set the PCU on the PCU stand of the previous model. Always use the PCU stand designed for the D014/D015/D078/D079. 1-31 D014/D015/D078/D079...

  • Page 124: Attach Decals

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Attach Decals Attach the paper-installation decals to the trays. These tell you how to add new paper. Front set decal : Attach this decal to the LCT if it is installed. 'Front set' means that the paper should be face up in the tray.

  • Page 125: Enable Usb

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Attach the original-caution decal [A], and the silicone cloth holder [B]. Put the silicone cloth [C] in the holder. Enable USB Do SP5985 to enable USB. Print an SMC Report Go into the SP mode.

  • Page 126: Connect The Upper And Lower Tray Heaters

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copier D014/D015/D078/D079 Connect the Upper and Lower Tray Heaters The machine comes from the factory with the tray heaters disconnected. Heater connection is optional. Connect the heaters if the location is extremely humid. Speak with the customer before you connect the tray heaters.

  • Page 127: Copy Tray (B756)

    2. Actuator Arm and Bracket (not used) 3. Tapping Screw (not used) 4. Large Cap 5. Small Cap 6. Tapping Screw (M4 x 8) 7. Harness Clamp 8. Paper Height Sensor 9. Actuator Arm Bracket 10. Sensor Bracket 11. Actuator Arm 1-35 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 128: Installation

    Attach the paper height sensor [A] and harness clamp [B] to the sensor bracket [C]. Attach the sensor bracket and actuator arm bracket [D] to the copier ( x 3). Attach the sensor harness [E] ( x 1, x 4). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 129 Attach the actuator [F] to the arms of the actuator arm bracket. Reattach the left upper cover [A] ( x2). Attach the tray [B]. Attach the small caps to the holes , , , . Install the large cap [C] in the finisher power connection point. 1-37 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 130: A3/11" X 17" Paper Size Tray (B331)

    A3/11" X 17" Paper Size Tray (B331) 1.5 A3/11" X 17" PAPER SIZE TRAY (B331) The A3/11" x 17" Paper Size Tray is installed in tray 1 of the D014/D015/D078/D079 copier. 1.5.1 ACCESSORIES Check the accessories and their quantities against this list.

  • Page 131: Installation

    DLT or A3. Open the front doors. Pull out the tandem feed tray [A] fully. Push the right tandem tray [B] into the machine. Remove the left tandem tray [C] ( x 2 left, x 3 right). 1-39 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 132 Steps 6 and 8. You must use the short, silver screws on the left and right rails. If you use one of the longer screws, it will stop the movement of the tray on the rails. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 133 12. Use SP5959 001 to select the paper size for Tray 1 (A3 or DLT). 13. After you select the paper size, turn the machine off and on to change the indicator on the operation panel. 1-41 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 134: Counters

    Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. Description 1. Key Card Table 2. Harness Clamp 3. Tapping Screws (M3 x 8) 4. Tapping Screws (M4 x 14) 5. Stud 6. Decal 7. Key Card Table Support D014/D015/D078/D079 1-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 135: Key Counter Bracket B452 Accessories

    3. Front Bracket 4. Tapping Screws (M3 x 6) 5. Tapping Screws (M4 x 8) 6. Tapping Screws (M4 x 16) 7. Harness 8. Shoulder Screw 9. Key Counter Bracket Cover 10. Key Counter Bracket 1-43 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 136: Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A B879 Accessories

    Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. Description 1. Interface Board (PCB) 2. Tapping Screws (M3x6) 3. Harness Clamp 4. PCB Support 5. Harness: VBCU (White) 6. Harness: MB (Gray) Not Used 7. Harness Clamp D014/D015/D078/D079 1-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 137: Installation

    Hold the key counter plate nuts [A] on the inner surface of the key counter bracket [B]. Attach the key counter holder [C] to the key counter bracket ( x 2). Attach the key counter bracket cover [D] ( x 2). Install the Key Card Bracket and Assembled Key Counter 1-45 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 138 Connect one end of the harness [A] to the key counter bracket [B] ( x1). Connect the other end to the 4-pin connector on the right side of the copier. Attach bracket support [C] to the side of the copier ( x 2). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 139 Remove the control box cover. Remove the cutout [A] in the rear cover. Attach the circuit board [A] above the controller board ( x4). Connect the small cable [B] to the circuit board ( x1). 1-47 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 140 Route the harness of the key card through the hole [A] in the controller box as shown above. Clamp the harness at [B] then connect to the top of the circuit board [C] ( x1). 10. Reattach the controller box cover and rear cover. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 141: Lct (B473), Lct Adapter (B699)

    Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. LCT (B473) Description 1. Upper docking pins (grooved) 2. Lower docking pin (not grooved, not for B132/B200) 3. Flat-head shoulder screw - M4x6 4. Paper Set Decal 1-49 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 142: Lct Adapter (B699)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LCT (B473), LCT Adapter (B699) LCT Adapter (B699) Description 1. Brackets 2. Supports 3. Machine Screws (M3x8) 4. Machine Screws (M4x8) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 143: Installation

    LCT (B473), LCT Adapter (B699) 1.7.2 INSTALLATION Removing Tape and Accessories Always turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you do this procedure. Remove all filament tape Remove: [A] Decals [B] Docking pins 1-51 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 144: Lct Adapter (B699) Installation

    Attach the 3 supports [D] ( x 1 each – M3x8 thin screws). Set the LCT in a vertical position. Remove the stay [E] ( x 4). Attach the stay at [F] ( x 4). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 145: Lct Installation

    The docking pin without a groove is not necessary for this installation. Remove the connector cover [A]. Align the holes on the side of the LCT [B] with the docking pins [C] on the side of the machine. Slowly push the LCT onto the pins. 1-53 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 146 11. Remove the cover [B] ( x 2). 12. Attach screws [C] to the brackets on the side of the machine. 13. Attach the cover [B] with the screw that you removed in Step 11. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 147: Adjusting Side Fences For Paper Size

    If the fences are set for A4 and you intend to load A4, the LCT is ready and you do not need to do the following steps. If the fences are set for A4 and you intend to load LT, do the steps below. 1-55 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 148 Use a screw driver to remove the screws fastened to fences [A] and [B] so that the fences slide easily on plate [C]. Move each side fence bracket from the A4 to the LT position, then reattach the screws. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 149 Move the LCT end fence [A] from the A4 to the LT position (the position guide is written on the LCT top cover at [B]). Insert the shaft [C] ( x1). Close the LCT top cover. Do SP5959-5 and set the value to "1" (for "LT"). 1-57 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 150: Lg Unit For A4/Lt Lct (B474)

    Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. Description Q'ty 1. Tapping screws - M4x8 2. Tapping hex screws - M4x8 3. Harness clamp 4. B4/LG frame 5. Front bracket 6. Rear bracket 7. Bottom plate extension 8. Cover D014/D015/D078/D079 1-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 151: Installation

    2). Change the position of the lower limit sensor [D] ( x 1). Attach the harness clamp (not shown) to the rear of the plate. Use this clamp to hold the sensor connector wire. 1-59 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 152 Attach the bottom plate extension [C] with the hex screws ( x 4). 10. Remove the casters from the bottom of the B4/LG frame [A] 11. Align the positioning pin [B]. 12. Attach the B4/LG frame [C] with the hex screws ( x 2). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 153 2). 16. Connect the LCT to the machine. 17. Turn the machine on. 18. Go into the SP mode and do SP5959-2. 19. Input "5" for B4 SEF or "6" for 8.5" x 14" SEF. 1-61 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 154 Relay Unit Left Side Fence Right Side Fence Ground Wire Tab Sheet Holder Clamp Screws (M4x8) Screws (M4x8) Screws (Plastic Head) Joint Brackets Shoes Paper Size Decals (A3…) Paper Size Decals (A5…) Paper Loading Decals D014/D015/D078/D079 1-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 155: Lcit Rt4000 (D350)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LCIT RT4000 (D350) 1-63 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 156: Lct Installation

    Grounding and Preparing the LCT for Docking Remove the accessory box [A] from inside the LCIT. Remove all tapes. Remove the paper entrance cover [A] ( x2). Remove the connector cover [B]. Remove the right upper cover [C] ( x2). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 157 Do not throw away the bypass tray. The customer may need it again later. Use the screws removed with the bypass tray to attach the relay unit [A] ( x4). Connect the relay harness [B] ( x1). 1-65 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 158 Remove the left corner cover (upper) [C] ( x2). 10. Remove the left corner cover (middle) [D] ( x2). 11. Remove the left corner cover (lower) [E] ( x2). 12. Push the paper tray [B] into the LCIT. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 159 LCIT, and close the paper exit cover. 18. If you are going to install the heaters, do this now. See the next section. -or- If you will not install the heaters, skip the next section. 1-67 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 160: After Installation

    Do the following procedure in order to prevent damage to the harnesses. Check that the harnesses are not damaged or pinched after installation. The correct wire heaters must be installed for the machine. Copier PTC Heater Harness Color D014/D015/D078/D079 100V to 240V 13W (D3500900) WHITE (120V) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-68...

  • Page 161: Installation Procedure For 120V

    Remove the seals from the bottom of the heater units [A] and attach the heaters to the heater cover. Confirm that the heaters are not touching or overlapping. Route both harnesses through the clamps [B] and fasten the clamps. 1-69 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 162 Connect the heater harnesses [B] to the relay harness [C] ( x2). Connect the harness from the main machine [D] to the relay harness [C] ( x1). 10. Clamp the harnesses as shown ( x4). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 163: Anti-Condensation Heater Type B: 240V

    Do the following procedure in order to prevent damage to the harnesses. Check that the harnesses are not damaged or pinched after installation. The correct wire heaters must be installed for the machine. Copier Nichrome Wire Heater Harness Color D014/D015/D078/D079 230V 18W (D3500901) (208V-240V) 1-71 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 164: Installation Procedure For 240V

    Remove the seals from the bottom of the heater units [A] and attach the heaters to the heater cover. Confirm that the heaters are not touching or overlapping. Route both harnesses through the clamps [B] and fasten the clamps. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 165 Connect the heater harnesses [B] to the relay harness [C] ( x2). Connect the harness from the main machine [D] to the relay harness [C] ( x1). 10. Clamp the harnesses as shown ( x4). 1-73 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 166 Screws (M3 x 8) Screws (M3 x 6) Screw (Plastic) Leveling Shoes Upper output tray Tray Holder Lower output tray (D373 Only) Support Plate for Proof Tray Support Plate for Shift Tray Cushion (with double-sided tape) Gasket Seal D014/D015/D078/D079 1-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 167: 2000/3000 Sheet Finishers (D373/D374)

    This section shows the installation instructions for two finishers: D373 Booklet Finisher: This can do punching, shifting, stapling, and saddle-stitching with staples. This booklet finisher can be used with the D014/D078 or D015/D079. D374 Finisher, capable of punching, shifting, and stapling but with no saddle-stitching unit.

  • Page 168: Removing Tapes And Packing Materials

    Always turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you do these procedures. Remove the machine from its box, and remove all the wrapping. Remove all filament tape and packing material from the finisher. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 169 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 2000/3000 Sheet Finishers (D373/D374) Open the front door. Remove all tapes and packing materials inside the finisher. Pull the jogger unit [A] out of the finisher. Remove the tapes and retainers. 1-77 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 170: Docking The Finisher To The Copier

    Do not put the sponge in a position that will prevent air flow through the air duct [B] on the copier shown above after the finisher is connected to the copier. Use a short screwdriver to attach the grounding plate [C] ( x 2, M3 x 6). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 171 Cover Interposer Tray (B704): do the complete procedure.) Then come back to the procedure for the D373/D374 finisher, and continue from 'Attaching the Trays'. Attach the rear bracket [A] ( x 2, M4 x 14). Attach the front bracket [B] ( x 2, M4 x 14). 1-79 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 172 Connect finisher connector [E] to the main frame. Attach the gasket seal [F] as shown. Check the duct on the left side of the machine shown above. Make sure that the sponge does not block this duct. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 173: Attaching The Trays

    Make sure that the metal plate [B] is on the top of the tray. Attach the lower output tray [C]. D374 Attach the output tray [A]. Make sure that the metal plate [B] is on the top of the tray. 1-81 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 174: Leveling The Finisher

    Tray Holder Attach the tray holder [A] to the side of the finisher as shown. Store the support plates for this upper tray and shift tray in this holder while they are not being used. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 175 Support Plate for Shift Tray Remove the paper from the paper feed tray, turn it upside down, then print. If step 1 does not solve the problem, place the support tray [A] on the shift tray as shown. 1-83 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 176: Selecting The Staple Supply Name

    Touch a "Staple Position" button and touch the center (saddle-stitch) stapling symbol. Go out from the User Tools mode. Set the number of copies, touch the center stapling symbol on the operation panel, then start the print job. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 177: Punch Unit (B702)

    1.11.1 ACCESSORIES Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. Description 1. Punchout Waste Unit 2. Slide Drive Unit 3. Punch Waste Hopper 4. Screws (M3 x 6) 5. Side-to-Side Detection Unit 6. Punching Unit 1-85 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 178: Installation

    At the bottom of the rear cover, make sure to disconnect the tabs that attach the cover to the frame. Remove the guide plate [C] ( x 2). Remove the shipping retainer [A] ( x 4). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 179 Attach the slide drive unit [A] to the finisher and connect it to the punch unit ( x 2, x 1). Push in the slide drive unit at when you attach screw Make sure that the punch unit moves freely and is not blocked by the screws. 1-87 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 180 Make sure that the punch-waste transport unit moves smoothly on its rails. If it does not, make sure that the rails are aligned with the grooves. 15. Remove the short connector from the connector [C]. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 181 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Punch Unit (B702) This is the 4-pin connector. 16. Connect the cable and attach the punch-waste transport unit ( x 1, x 1, x 1). 17. Set the hopper [A] in its holder. 1-89 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 182: Output Jogger Unit (B703)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Output Jogger Unit (B703) 1.12 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT (B703) 1.12.1 ACCESSORIES Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. Description 1. Jogger Unit 2. Tapping Screws M3x6 D014/D015/D078/D079 1-90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 183: Installation

    Turn the main machine switch off. Disconnect the finisher from the main frame. Use the flat head of a screwdriver to remove the left upper cover [A]. Remove the cover plate [A] ( x 2). Keep the screws. 1-91 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 184 [A] into the holes in the left and right side of the finisher frame. Connect connector [B] to the socket ( x 1). Attach the jogger unit [C] to the finisher ( x 2). Reattach the jogger unit cover [D] to the jogger unit ( x 2). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-92 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 185: Mail Box (B762)

    The Mail Box B762 is installed on the 2000/3000 Sheet Finisher D373/D374. 1.13.1 ACCESSORIES Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. Description 1. Trays 2. Guide plate 3. Decals (bin display) 4. Tapping screws - M3x8 1-93 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 186: Installation

    Turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you start this procedure. Remove the filament tape [A]. Move the mailbox carefully. It is easy to cause damage to the corner leaf plate [B]. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-94 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 187 Attach the mailbox [A] to the top of the finisher ( x 4, M3 x 8). Attach the 9 trays [B] to the mailbox. Give the decals [C] to the customer. The customer will write on these and attach them at the correct locations. 1-95 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 188: Accessories

    Entrance Guide Plate Ground Plate Joint Bracket Shift Tray Leveling Shoes Tapping Screws – M4 x 12 Tapping Screws – M3 x 6 Tapping Screws – M4 x 8 Support Plate Pocket Support Plate Side Tray D014/D015/D078/D079 1-96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 189 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 3000-Sheet Finisher B830 Accessories 1-97 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 190: Finisher Adapter Kit D375 Accessories

    1.13.4 FINISHER ADAPTER KIT D375 ACCESSORIES FINISHER ADAPTER KIT D375 Check the accessories and their quantities against this list. This finisher adapter kit must be installed for both machines (D014/D015/D078/D079). Description Proof Auxiliary Tray Entrance Guide SD Card (for firmware update)

  • Page 191: Finisher Adapter Kit D375 Installation

    Attach the entrance guide only if the finisher will be connected directly to the main machine. Do not install the entrance guide if you intend to install the Cover Interposer Tray (B835) or Z-Folding Unit (B660). Remove the finisher rear cover [A] ( x 2). 1-99 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 192 Attach the motor to the new bracket [C] ( x 2). Attach the new harness [D] ( x 1). Discard the original brackets. The new brackets and harnesses are provided in the finisher adapter accessory kit. The brackets are identical. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-100 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 193 Make sure to route the harness along lines [B] and [C] in the photos. If you do not, the harness may touch the motors ([A] and [D]), which can damage or disconnect the harness. INCORRECT The harness is touching the motor. 1-101 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 194 10. Attach the serial number decal [A] below the finisher serial number decal [B] attached to the front bottom support of the frame. 11. On the right side of the machine, attach the FCC Class A decal [A] below the copier serial number decal [B]. (North America Only) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-102 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 195: Finisher Installation

    Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and shipping retainers. Open the front door and remove the shipping retainers. Remove the brackets, tags, and wires in this order: [A], B], [C] ( x 2 each). 1-103 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 196 Attach the cushion [C] to the right side of the upper cover. Install the entrance guide plate [D] ( x 2) (M3 x 6). Insert the shift tray [A] into the grooves and fasten it ( x 4) (M3 x 6). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-104 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 197: Docking The Finisher B830

    Copier (if Z-Folding Unit B660 and Cover Interposer Tray B835 are all not installed.) Finisher B830 to Z-Folding Unit B660 Fasten the joint bracket to the Z-Folding Unit B660. Dock the finisher. (Go to 'Connecting the Finisher B830'.) 1-105 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 198 Finisher B830 to Cover Interposer Tray B835 Fasten the joint bracket to the Cover Interposer Tray B835. Dock the finisher. (Go to 'Connecting the Finisher B830'.) Finisher B830 to Copier D014/D078 Remove the connector cover Fasten the joint bracket to the Copier.

  • Page 199: Connecting The Finisher B830

    Push in the locking lever [A]. Check that the top edges of the finisher are parallel with edges of the device (or copier) to the right. Fasten the locking lever [A] ( x 1) Close the front door. 1-107 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 200 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SR 5000 (B830) Finisher Installation Set the leveling shoes [A] (x4) under the feet. 10. Turn the nuts to adjust the height of the finisher until it is level. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-108 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 201: Updating The Firmware

    When the first asterisk (*) appears in the progress bar this means the update has started. The update procedure is very slow. Wait for all the hyphens (-) to be replaced by asterisks (*) in the progress bar. 1-109 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 202: Sp Setting

    Do SP5841-12 and enter the name of the staples used for corner stapling. This is the name that shows when the user prints the Inquiry List. To print this list push User Tools> [Inquiry]> [Print Inquiry List]> [Start]. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-110 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 203: Punch Unit B831

    4. Spacer (2 mm) ................1 5. Knob..................1 6. Step Screw................1 7. Screw (M4 x 6) Black ..............1 8. Screw (M3 x 10) ................ 2 9. Spring..................1 10. Sensor Arm and Sensor ............1 B831I101.WMF 1-111 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 204: Installation

    Remove the inner cover [C] (Screw x 3). Behind the inner cover at [D] and [E], press the lock tab to the right to release the inner cover from the frame. Remove the plastic knockouts [F]. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-112 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 205 Remove the paper guide [A] (Screw x 4). Install the sensor arm [B] (Screw x 1, small step screw (M3 x 4). Make sure that the sensor arm swings freely on the step screw. 10. Attach the spring [C]. 1-113 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 206 These extra spacers can be used to adjust the position of the punch holes (front to rear, across the page). 13. At the front, fasten the punch unit knob [C] (Screw x 1). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-114 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 207 17. Slide the punch waste collection hopper [D] into the finisher. 18. Re-attach the inner cover and rear cover. 19. Close the front door and re-connect the finisher to the machine. 1-115 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 208: Cover Interposer Tray (B704)

    Tapping screws – M4 x 8 Tapping screws – M3 x 8 Tapping screws – M3 x 6 Adjuster plates Hinge Bracket Plate Extension (bottom) Gasket Seals Right Rear Cover Plate (B706 only) Spacer Anti-Static Brush Spacer (B706 only) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-116 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 209 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Cover Interposer Tray (B704) Description Q'ty Spacer (Not used ) Right front corner plate (for B706 only) Front door extension (bottom) Sponge Strip 1-117 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 210: Installation

    Reattach them just before docking the finisher to the copier. Remove all tape and retainers from the cover interposer tray [A]. Remove the tape and packing material [B] from the ground connector. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-118 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 211: Preparing The Finisher

    If you will install the cover interposer tray on a D373/D374 finisher that was installed on the machine before this time, remove the sponge strip from the finisher. Keep this strip because you must attach it later to the interposer tray. 1-119 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 212: Attaching The Extensions

    Attach the bottom front cover extension [D] ( x 2, M4 x 8). Attach the top front cover extension [E] ( x 2, M4 x 8). Attach the rear cover extension [F] ( x 2, M3 x 6). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-120 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 213: Attaching The Interposer Tray

    Lift the cover interposer tray. Align the keyholes [A] with the shoulder screws [B], and move the cover interposer down onto the screws. Attach the cover interposer with the screw [C] ( x 1, M3 x 6). 1-121 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 214: Docking The Finisher/Interposer With The Machine

    Cover Interposer Tray (B704) Docking the Finisher/Interposer with the Machine Attach the rear bracket [A] ( x 2, M4 x14). Attach the front bracket [B] ( x 2, M4 x14). Attach the gasket seals [C] and [D]. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-122 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 215 Slowly push the finisher against the side of the machine until the brackets [J] go into the slots. Move the finisher carefully to avoid bending the entrance guide plates. Attach the lock lever [H] ( x 1). 10. Connect the connector [K] to the copier. 1-123 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 216 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Cover Interposer Tray (B704) 11. Check the right side of the machine and make sure that the sponge strip does not block the air flow through the duct. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-124 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 217: Cover Interposer Tray Ci5000 (B835)

    Knob Screw Base Cover (Tray Unit) Rear Cover Screws (M4 x 14) ⇒ Relay Guide Plate – Short (for D014/D015/D078/D079) includes the following: B4682196 (Guide Plate Upper) 1 pc B8352191 (Guide Plate Lower) 1 pc 04513006N (M3x6 screws) 2 pcs...
  • Page 218 ⇒ Use cover interposer firmware ver02.030:26 (P/N B8355510A) or newer. - Cut-in S/N (B835-17): L6271100001 (November 2007 production) 12" guide plates (guide plates and screws) for D014/D015/D078/D079 should be included. - Cut-in S/N (B835-17): L6270400094 (April 2007 production) NOTE: 12" guide plates (guide plates and screws) for D014/D015 are...

  • Page 219: Installation

    Unplug the power cord before starting the following procedure. Remove all the tape and shipping materials from the tray unit [A]. Remove cover [A]. Remove all tape and shipping materials from the transport unit [B]. 1-127 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 220 Do not attach this mylar to either the long or short guide plates provided with the cover interposer tray accessories. Peel the tape from the back of the sponge strip [A] and attach it as shown. Attach the relay guide plate [B] ( x2). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-128 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 221 15. Attach the front docking bracket [C] ( x2). 16. If the Z-Folding Unit will be installed, loosen the screws for the rear runner [A] and front runner [B]. 17. Push the runners in and re-fasten them again with the screws. 1-129 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 222 23. Check that the top edges of the finisher are parallel with edges of the finisher (or copier) to the right. 24. Fasten the locking lever [A] ( x 1) 25. Close the front door. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-130 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 223: Docking The Next Peripheral Device

    1) Before disconnecting either the cover interposer tray or the next peripheral device to the left, or 2) Before doing any maintenance on either the cover interposer tray or the next peripheral device to the left. 1-131 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 224: Mounting The Tray Unit

    Connect the harness connectors [E] ( Reattach the rear cover. Remove the front inner cover [A] from the dual-tray unit ( x2). Fasten the tray unit to the top of the transport unit with the knob screws [B] ( x2). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-132 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 225 14. Hold the upper L-pin [E] as shown, insert it halfway, push it down, then rotate it into its groove. 15. Attach the spacer [A] to the rear of the transport unit ( x2). 1-133 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 226 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Cover Interposer Tray CI5000 (B835) 16. Set the leveling shoes [A] (x4) under the feet. 17. Turn the nuts to adjust the height of the cover interposer until it is level. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-134 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 227: Z-Fold Unit B660 To Cover Interposer Tray B835

    The following units are docked to the cover interposer tray: Z-Fold Unit B660 Finisher B830 Z-Fold Unit B660 to Cover Interposer Tray B835 Attach the rear docking bracket [A]. Attach the front docking bracket [B]. Connect the Z-folding unit. 1-135 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 228: Finisher B830 To Cover Interposer Tray B835

    Dock the finisher. Firmware Update Install the latest version of the firmware for the cover interposer tray. The cover interposer may not operate correctly with the D014/D015/D078/D079 unless the most recent version of the firmware is installed. North America Only When the Cover Interposer Tray (B835) is installed, be sure to check the FCC Class-A decal is attached to the copier below its serial number decal.

  • Page 229: Z-Folding Unit Zf4000 (B660)

    Z-Folding Unit ZF4000 (B660) 1.17 Z-FOLDING UNIT ZF4000 (B660) ⇒ The ZF4000 supports a connection with the D014/D015/D078/D079 copier only when both of the following conditions are met: (1) The ZF4000 must be from May 2007 production or later. Cut-in S/N:...
  • Page 230 Sponge Strip Teflon C-Clamp Screws M4x10 Screws M3 x 6 Screws M4 x 8 Leveling Shoes Drive Gear (Black – for B236 135 cpm only) Drive Gear Assy (Black – for B236 135 cpm only) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-138 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 231: Installation

    Unpacking Detach the head of the I/F connector [A]. Remove all external tape [B] and shipping materials. Open the front door [A]. Raise the horizontal transport plate [B] and remove the cushion [C]. 1-139 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 232: Attaching The Brackets

    Bracket " -F" is not required when the Z-folder is installed with the 3000-Sheet Finisher B830. Attach the ground (earth) plate to the side of the Z-folding unit that is facing the copier. Use the ground plate for the Z-folding unit. (Item 6 in the accessories list.) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-140 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 233: Preparing For Docking

    The spacers align the top of the Z-folding unit with the edge of the copier. Reattach the top cover [A] ( x 4). Make sure that the top cover is level with the tops of the rear and front spacers. 1-141 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 234: Testing The Breaker

    Cover Interposer Tray B835. Testing the Breaker The breaker switch is at the lower right side of the Z-folder. Confirm that the manual breaker switch [A] is set to the right. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-142 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 235: Docking The Z-Folding Unit To The Cover Interposer Tray Or Copier1-143

    The Z-Folding Unit is docked to the Cover Interposer Tray B835, or to the Copier if the cover interposer tray is not used. Z-Fold Unit to Cover Interposer Tray B835 Attach the rear docking bracket [A]. Attach the front docking bracket [B]. Connect the Z-folding unit. 1-143 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 236: Connecting The Z-Folding Unit B660

    Pull the top cover [C] toward you then raise it. Raise the horizontal transport plate [D] to the left. Pull out the Z-folding mechanism [E]. Pull out the Z-folding unit lock lever [F] ( x 1). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-144 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 237 15. Reattach the bracket [C] ( x 1). With the support retracted, the Z-folding unit tips easily! 16. Attach the I/F cable to the cover interposer tray (or Copier). 17. Connect the power cord to the Z-folding unit. 1-145 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 238: Mfp Controller Options

    Board Slots Name Description Slot A Copy Connector (B328) only Slot B IEEE1284 (B679) File Format Converter (D377) IEEE802.11a/g (D377) Bluetooth (B826) Slot C Gigabit Ethernet (D377). The EFI (Fiery) controller is connected through Gigabit Ethernet. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-146 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 239 Only two SD Card slots are available for applications. The VM card must be inserted in the lower slot. Other applications must be inserted in the upper slot. If more than one application is required in the upper slot, the applications must be 1-147 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 240: Enabling Usb

    Set SP5985-002 (On board USB Device Setting) to a value of “1” to enable the USB device. Then, turn the main power OFF/ON. SP5985-002: On board USB Device Setting Model Default setting: Setting to Enable the USB device: D014/D015/D078/D079 0 (disabled) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-148 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 241: Accessory Cards

    Slot B B679 IEEE1284 Slot B D377 IEEE802.11a/g Slot A B328 Copy Connector Slot C D377 Gigabit Ethernet* Copy Data Security Unit Type F (not shown, is attached to B828 the IPU inside the controller box.) 1-149 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 242 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP Controller Options : The EFI (Fiery) controller is connected through Gigabit Ethernet. Items must be in the same slot. Only one of these cards can be installed at the same time. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-150 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 243: Sd Card Applications

    SD card. (See "Moving Applications to One SD Card" in this section) 3. Slot 1 (lower slot) is used for installing the Browser Unit, HDD Encryption unit, VM card or for service only (for example, updating the firmware). 1-151 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 244: Handling Dimms And Sd Cards

    If the upper contact is pushed in with force and bends, the connection will be defective and the machine will not operate. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-152 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 245: Sd Cards

    A licensing agreement prohibits copying of a PostScript3 SD card. However, you can move other applications to the PS3 SD card. Once an SD card has been used to hold several applications, it should not be used for any other purpose. 1-153 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 246: Moving Applications

    13. Go into the User Tools mode and confirm that all the applications on the SD card in the Slot 2 (upper slot) are enabled. User Tools> System Settings> Administrator Tools> Firmware Version> Next (5/5) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-154 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 247: Undo Exec

    Go into the SP mode and do SP5873-2 (Undo Exec) Follow the messages on the operation panel to complete the procedure. Turn the main switch off. Remove the SD cards from the slots. Turn the main switch on. 1-155 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 248: Storing Sd Application Cards On Site

    Storing SD Application Cards on Site Open the front door. Remove the cover [A] on the door ( x 2). Remove the block [B]. Store the SD cards [C] inside the cover. Attach the cover to the machine. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-156 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 249: Printer/Scanner D376 And Interface Unit

    Operating Instructions – Printer Installation Instructions FCC Label Software CD-ROM Installation Turn the machine OFF and disconnect the machine power cord before you start this procedure. ⇒ Disconnect the ARDF cable [A] ( x 1). 1-157 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 250 MFP Controller Options Rev. 03/2008 ⇒ Remove the SD card slot cover [A] ( x 1) Insert the Printer/Scanner SD card in SD Card the upper slot [B]. Reattach the SD card slot cover ( x 1). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-158 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 251: Ieee 1284 Interface Board B679 (Centronics)

    Install the interface board [B] in Slot B ( x 2). Cycle the machine power off and on. Do SP5990 to print an SMC Report. Read the report and confirm that the interface board is installed correctly. 1-159 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 252: Bluetooth Interface Unit B826

    Attach the card cover [E] (used to prevent static electricity). Turn the machine off and on. Enter the SP mode and do SP5990 to print an SMC. 10. Read the report and confirm that the interface board is installed correctly. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-160 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 253: Ieee 802.11A/G Interface Unit D377

    Only one interface slot is available for the following options, so only one can be installed: Bluetooth (B826) File Format Converter (D377) IEEE1284 (B679) IEEE802.11a/g (D377) Installation Remove the cover of Slot B [A] ( x 2). Touch a metal surface to discharge any static electricity from your hands. 1-161 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 254 To assure reliable data sending and receiving, Antenna 1 must be installed on the front left corner of the machine. Remove the seals from of the cable clamps and attach them to the left side of the machine as shown above. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-162 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 255: Sp Mode Settings For 802.11A/G Wireless Lan

    Go into the SP mode Touch "Copy SP" on the touch-panel to open the SP command selection screen. Do SP5840-11. SP No. Name Function 5840 011 WEP Key Select Used to select the WEP key (Default: 00). 1-163 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 256: File Format Converter D377

    Confirm that the board is inserted completely, then fasten it ( x 2). Turn the machine off and on. Enter the SP mode and do SP5990 to print an SMC Report. Read the report and confirm that the interface board is installed correctly. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-164 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 257: Hdd Encryption Unit

    Management"> "Available Settings "Available Settings" is not displayed until "Admin. Authentication" is switch on. If this setting is not selected tell the customer that this setting must be selected before you can do the installation procedure. 1-165 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 258: Seal Check And Removal

    If the surfaces of the tapes do not show "VOID", remove them from the corners of the box. You can see the "VOID" marks [2] when you remove each seal. In this condition, they cannot be attached to the box again. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-166 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 259: Installation Procedure

    14. A new window will appear informing of the changed settings. Press EXIT to continue. 15. Reboot the machine. Note: first reboot time may be significantly longer. 16. Store the Encryption Key Printout in a secure location. 1-167 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 260: Recovery From A Device Problem

    11. Turn off the main power switch after the machine has returned to normal status. ⇒ 12. Remove the SD card from the Slot 1 (lower slot). 13. Reinstall the HDD unit. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-168 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 261: Clearing The Nvram

    11. Remove the SD card from Slot 1 (lower slot). 12. Turn on the main power switch. 13. Initialize the NVRAM (SP5801-001) and HDD unit (SP5832-001) with SP mode. 14. The user must enable the HDD encryption unit with a user tool. 1-169 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 262: Postscript3 D378

    SD card. (See "Moving Applications to One SD Card" in this section.) The PostScript3 application and fonts cannot be moved to another SD card. However, other applications can be moved onto the PostScript3 SD card. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-170 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 263: Dos Unit Type H D377

    Authentication Management"> "Available Settings "Available Settings" is not displayed until Step 2 above is done. If this setting is not selected tell the customer that this setting must be selected before you can do the installation procedure. 1-171 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 264: Seal Check And Removal

    SD card for this installation. Contact your sales division Remove the seals from both corners of the box. The silver "VOID" notations [B] become visible only after you have removed the seals. This is normal. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-172 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 265: Installation Procedure

    Insert the DOS SD card [B] into the upper slot. Reconnect the network cable. Plug in the power cord, and turn the main power switch ON. Do SP5878-1 and push [Execute] to enable the DOS option. Exit out of the SP Mode. 1-173 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 266 Area [a]: “ROM Number/Firmware Version” – “HDD Format Option” • Area [b]: “Loading Program” - “GW4a_zoffyx” Diagnostic Report: “ROM No. / Firmware “Loading Program” [b] Version” [a] DataOverwriteSecurity Unit HDD Format Option: GW4a_zoffyx: D3775902A / 1.01x D3775902A / 1.01x D014/D015/D078/D079 1-174 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 267: Check Operation Of The Dos Application

    The icon [2]: This icon is lit when there is temporary data to be overwritten, and blinks during overwriting. • The icon [3]: This icon is lit when there is no temporary data to be overwritten. 1-175 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 268: Copier Connection Kit B328

    V02.00.00 D0145768 B (or later) (or later) (or later) Animation Web Support V2.2 D0145772 B V1.05 D0145769 C (or later) (or later) Web Uapl V1.03 D0145770 B (or later) Network DocBox V1.01 D0145771 B (or later) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-176 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 269 Attach the "Other Function" key [G] (or its equivalent symbol for EU) if the printer/scanner option is not installed. 13. Attach the other end of the connection cable to the connection PCB installed in the other machine. 1-177 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 270: Gigabit Ethernet D377

    V02.00.00 D0145768 B (or later) (or later) (or later) Animation Web Support V2.2 D0145772 B V1.05 D0145769 C (or later) (or later) Web Uapl V1.03 D0145770 B (or later) Network DocBox V1.01 D0145771 B (or later) D014/D015/D078/D079 1-178 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 271 On the other side of the faceplate, fasten the PCB ( x2). Attach the cable. With the prongs of the protector plate [D] on both sides of the attached cable, fasten the protector plate to the controller box face plate ( x1). 1-179 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 272: Browser Unit Type D (D377)

    Touch "Extended Feature Settings" twice. Touch "SD Card" then touch the "Browser" line. Under "Install to:" touch "Machine HDD"> "Next". 10. When you see "Ready to Install" check the information on the screen to confirm your D014/D015/D078/D079 1-180 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 273 12. Touch "Exit" twice to return to the copy screen. 13. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot. 14. On the operation panel, remove the blank keytop at the bottom and replace it with the keytop provided ("Other"). 1-181 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 274: Copy Data Security Unit Type F (B829)

    Touch a metal surface to discharge any static electricity from your hands. Push the connector on the underside of the Copy Data Security PCB [A] into its slot on the IPU. Carefully fasten the Copy Data Security PCB to the IPU ( x2). D014/D015/D078/D079 1-182 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 275: User Tool Setting

    SC165 will appear every time the machine is switched on, and the machine cannot be used. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option ( "Check All Connections" at the end of this section). 1-183 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 276: Vm Card Type E (D377)

    Insert the SD card [B] into the lower slot. Reattach the SD card slot cover. Switch the machine on. On the operation panel, remove the bottom blank keytop and replace it with the keytop provided. Attach the decal to the copier. D014/D015/D078/D079 1-184 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 277: Preventive Maintenance

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY P a ge D a t e A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew 03/27/2008 Grease 7 ~ 9 08/15/2008 PM Tables 03/27/2008...
  • Page 278 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 279: Overview

    Lubricant Powder B1329700 888369 EDP Codes Yellow Toner for B132/B200 EU/AP: 888373 EDP Codes Copier* Infotec: 888389 EDP Codes : Do not use D014/D015/D078/D079 yellow toner, because it contains developer that could damage the drum and ITB. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 280 ITB. Never use the previous Setting Powder (54429101) in any service procedure for the D014/D015/D078/D079. The composition of this Setting Powder and the Lubricant Powder is completely different. If you use Setting Powder (5442910) to service this machine, you will damage the drum charge roller and cause problems with image quality.

  • Page 281: Pm Counter

    : Clear all PM settings. Resets all PM counter settings to "0" at the same time. PM items can be reset one by one with the [Clear] button. : Counter list print out. Prints the PM counter on paper. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 282: Pm Parts Screen Details

    PM yield buttons. Function is the same as the "PM yield indicator settings" button. Current PM counter value. Target PM interval. This can be changed by pressing a number button [A]. PM counter clear button. Function is the same as the [Clear current counter] button. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 283: Number Button Submenu

    Latest 1. The latest PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced. Latest 2. The previous PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced. Latest 3. The previous but one PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 284: Parts List For Pm Yield Indicator

    The # mark denotes a unit. Items without the # (065 ITB) denote individual components. An asterisk ( ) will appear in the Exceed column [A] to show items that that have exceeded their target PM yields. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 285: Pm Tables

    200K 300K 450K 600K Note Reflector Optical cloth 1st Mirror Optical cloth 2nd Mirror Optical cloth 3rd Mirror Optical cloth Scanner Rails Alcohol then dry cloth Exposure glass Exposure Glass cleaner Toner Shield Glass Optical cloth D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 286 After replacement, apply the G104 Yellow Toner and Zinc Lubricant Brush Stearate. (See Replacement (Y,C,M) Procedure on page 2—27.) PCU Joint Drum Lubricant Brush Gear YMC:300K Idle Gear 1 K:400K Idle Gear 2 Used Toner Collection Gear D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 287 ITB Unit Rollers cloth ITB Encoder Sensor Wipe with damp cloth (alcohol) ID and MUSIC Sensors ITB Cleaning Blade These items are ITB Lubricant Bar always replaced ITB Lubricant Blade as a set. ITB Lubricant Brush Roller D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 288 C, L* Pressure Roller Shaft Bearings R, L* ServiceLife:600K Pressure Roller Stripper Pawls Dry cloth Fusing Belt Stripper Plate Thermistors I, C Dry cloth Upper Entrance Guide Plate Damp cloth (alcohol) Lower Entrance Guide Plate D014/D015/D078/D079 2-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 289 Dry cloth Grip Rollers (Drive & Alcohol, dry cloth Idle) Pick-up Rollers (Tray Service Life: 1000K 1 to Tray 3) Replace if jams, double-feeds occur with Paper Feed Rollers increasing frequency. (Tray 1 to Tray 3) 2-11 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 290 Blower brush Reverse Rollers (Drive & Alcohol, dry cloth Idle) Inverter Exit Roller Dry cloth Transport Rollers (x4) Dry cloth Duplex Entrance Dry cloth Anti-Static Brush Inverter Junction Gate Dry cloth Inverter Entrance Roller Dry cloth D014/D015/D078/D079 2-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 291 Paper Exit Sensor Blower brush Transport Rollers Blower brush OTHER 150K 300K 450K 600K Note Upper Dust Filter Lower Dust Filters Ozone Filters Service Life: 1200K Development Filters Used toner bottle Empty and clean every inspection 2-13 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 292: Ardf Pm Parts

    Alcohol or water, dry cloth Feed Drive Gears G501 Grease Grip Roller Alcohol or water, dry cloth Transport Rollers Alcohol or water, dry cloth Scanner Rollers Alcohol or water, dry cloth (Entrance/Exit) Exit Rollers Alcohol or water, dry cloth D014/D015/D078/D079 2-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 293: Lct B473

    Alcohol or water, dry cloth 2.3.2 LCT B473 1000K 2000K 3000K Expected Note Paper feed roller Pick-up roller Separation roller Transport Inspect and clean every 350K. guide plate Grip roller Inspect and clean every 350K. 2-15 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 294: Lct D350

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PM Tables 2.3.3 LCT D350 500K 1000K Note Paper feed roller x3 Pick-up rollers x3 Separation rollers x3 Transport guide plate Grip rollers (drive, idle rollers) D014/D015/D078/D079 2-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 295: Sheet Finishers D373/D374

    Blower brush Print an SMC report with Corner SP5990. Stapler Replace the unit if the staple count is 500K. Print an SMC report with Booklet SP5990. Stapler Replace the unit if the staple count is 200K. 2-17 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 296: Punch B702

    Feed Belt Replace as a set. Pick-up Roller Replace as a set. Separation Roller Replace as a set. Driver Rollers Damp clean cloth. Idle Rollers Damp clean cloth. Discharge Brush Damp clean cloth. Sensors Blower brush. D014/D015/D078/D079 2-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 297: Z-Folding Unit B660

    Driver rollers Alcohol Idle rollers Alcohol Discharge brush Alcohol Shaft Bearings Lubricate with silicone oil if noisy. Sensors Blower brush. Jogger fences Make sure that the screws are tight. Staple waste Empty staple waste. hopper 2-19 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 298: Punch B831

    The PM interval is for the number of sheets that have been fed. 60 K As Needed Note Drive rollers Dry cloth Idle rollers Dry cloth Feed belt Separation roller Pick-up roller Sensors Blower brush. Lubricate with a very small amount of Drive gears G501. D014/D015/D078/D079 2-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 299: Lubrication Points

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Lubrication Points 2.4 LUBRICATION POINTS 2.4.1 COPIER OPC, ITB Replacement Be sure to apply Lubricant Powder B1329700 when re-installing the drum [A] or ITB [B]. For more, please refer to "Replacement and Adjustment". 2-21 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 300: Fusing Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Lubrication Points Fusing Unit Lubricate gears [2] and [5] at every 150K. Lubrication applied to these gears will lubricate the other gears during fusing unit operation. D014/D015/D078/D079 2-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 301 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Lubrication Points Lubricate all bearings after replacement of the hot roller, pressure roller, and/or heating roller. 2-23 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 302 Enlarged view of lubrication point [A] Apply Grease-KS660B here. (Apply a thin layer evenly around the surface shown). Point [A] Conductive Grease-KS660B is only for use on the D014/D015. DO NOT use on B132/B181/B200 series machines. D014/D015/D078/D079 2-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 303 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Lubrication Points Rev. 03/27/2008 Enlarged view of lubrication point [B] Apply Grease-KS660B here. (Apply a thin layer evenly around the surface shown). Point [B] 2-25 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 304 4. Mix G104 Yellow Toner and Zinc Stearate together evenly. NOTE: Do not use the D014/D015/D078/D079 yellow toner instead of G104 yellow toner, because it contains developer that could damage the drum and ITB. While rotating the gear [B] in the direction...

  • Page 305: Replacement And Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION 3 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT REVISION HISTORY Page Date Added/Updated/New 124 ~ 125 01/26/2009 NVRAM 124 ~ 125 04/13/2009 NVRAM 08/27/2009 NVRAM 01/26/2009 Firmware Update Procedure 04/13/2009 Firmware Update Procedure CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 306 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 307: General Cautions

    Take care not to scratch the drum as the drum layer is thin and is easily damaged. Never expose a drum to corrosive gases such as ammonia gas. Dispose of used drums in accordance with local regulations. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 308: Pcu

    Remove only one PCU at a time for servicing. Only one PCU stand is provided with the machine. The D014/D015/D078/D079 PCU stand is not the same as the PCU stand of the B132/B200. As shown above, the B132/B200 PCU stand holds two jigs and one gear.

  • Page 309: Transfer Belt Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA General Cautions Never use a B132/B200 PCU stand to service a D014/D015/D078/D079 PCU. The B132/B200 PCU stand could damage the exposed drum on the bottom of a D014/D015/D078/D079 PCU. The Y, M, and C charge rollers should always be replaced together as a set.

  • Page 310: Development

    After replacing developer. (Initialize the TD sensor only for the PCU where the developer was replaced.) Never initialize the TD sensor more than once. Initializing the TD sensor more than once can cause toner scatter inside the machine. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 311: Fusing Unit

    3.1.10 USED TONER Check the amount of used toner at every service visit. Always dispose of used toner in accordance with local regulations. Never throw toner into an open flame. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 312: Common Procedures

    At the rear left corner of the machine, disconnect the ARDF cable. Remove the left screw [B] and right screw [C]. Slide the ARDF back until the heads of the screws are in the large end of the keyholes, then lift the ARDF off the machine. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 313: Operation Panel, Top Covers

    Common Procedures 3.2.2 OPERATION PANEL, TOP COVERS Remove the ARDF ( x2). Open the front door. Remove: [A]: Operation panel ( [B]: Top rear cover ( [C]: Left top cover ( [D]: Right top cover ( D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 314: Left Covers

    Disconnect the finisher. Remove the front and back finisher connection brackets. Remove: [A]: Left upper cover ( [B]: Left lower cover ( Reinstallation Make sure all cover tabs are inserted correctly before you fasten the screws. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 315: Front Door

    Lift the front door slightly to remove it. If you must replace the front door, make sure that you put the SD cards from the storage location in the old front door into the storage location in the new front door. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 316: Right Covers

    [D]: Right lower cover ( x5). Pull the bottom of the cover down and toward you as you remove it. Reinstallation Make sure all the cover tabs are inserted correctly before you fasten the screws. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 317: Rear Covers

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Common Procedures 3.2.6 REAR COVERS Remove: [A]: ARDF connector ( [B]: Rear upper cover ( [C]: Rear lower cover ( Remove the bottom screws Do not remove the shoulder screws. 3-11 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 318: Toner Hopper, Faceplate, Pcu

    The hopper is heavy, so lift it carefully. Make sure the hopper unit tabs have disengaged completely from the rails before you try to set the unit on the floor. Push the hopper rails into the machine. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 319 Place the PCU stand on a flat surface. Wipe the surface of the stand with a clean cloth to remove dust. To remove a PCU Confirm that the machine is switched off and disconnected from its power source. 3-13 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 320 With both hands on either side of the PCU [A], remove it from the machine and set it on the PCU stand [B]. This PCU stand was specially designed for the D014/D015/D078/D079. Do not use the PCU stand that was made for the B132 series copiers.

  • Page 321: Reinstalling Pcu, Faceplate, Toner Hopper

    To reinstall the faceplate Rotate the transfer belt release lever [A] clockwise to lock it. Attach the faceplate [B] with the screws in order as shown above ( x5). Reconnect the fan connector [C] ( x1). 3-15 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 322 If the toner hopper [B] is not flat against the face plate on the right side, pull it out slightly and make sure that the transfer belt release lever is rotated up completely and locked. Fasten the toner hopper to the face plate ( x3). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 323: Image Transfer Unit

    Use the handle [A] on the front of the transfer unit to pull the unit [B] partially out of the machine. Grip both sides of the image transfer unit and pull it slowly out of the machine. 3-17 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 324 Re-insert the image transfer unit slowly and carefully to avoid snagging the belt on the frame of the machine. Make sure that the image transfer unit does not snag on the toner cap of the yellow PCU on the far left. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 325: Drawer Unit

    The drawer unit is very heavy (30 kg/66lb.). Disconnect the left rail [A] ( x2). Disconnect the right rail [B] ( x2). Lift the unit off the rails. Push the rails into the machine. To re-install the drawer unit 3-19 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 326 Fasten the screws to the left rail [B] ( x2). Fasten the screws to the right rail [C] ( x2). To ensure that the unit is positioned correctly, check each screw and confirm that it is fastened tightly. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 327: Duplex Unit

    Remove the Teflon ring [B] from the left rear corner ( x1). Remove the Teflon ring [C] from the right rear corner ( x1). Lift the duplex unit from the rails and place it on a flat, level surface. 3-21 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 328: Opening, Locking The Controller Box Cover

    [D] is touching the machine frame. Reattach the screw removed in Step 5 to lock the arm in position. Reinstallation Before closing the controller box, reattach the stopper arm at its original position. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 329: Sd Card Storage

    If the front door is replaced, the stored SD cards must be removed and stored inside the new door. Open the front door. Remove the cover [A] on the door ( x2). Remove the block [B]. Store extra SD cards [C] inside the cover. Reattach the cover to the door. 3-23 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 330: Laser Unit

    Never power on the machine with any of these components removed: 1) LD unit, 2) polygon motor cover, 3) synchronization detector. 3.3.1 CAUTION DECALS D014/D015/D078/D079 3-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 331: Polygon Motor

    To avoid damaging the motor, never remove the polygon motor within three minutes of switching off the main power and disconnecting the power plug. Remove: Exposure glass Lens block Remove: [A] Top cover ( [B] Middle cover ( [C] Polygon motor ( 3-25 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 332 If the top cover is not positioned this way, the unit could generate electrical noise. If the gasket has peeled off during removal, install a new gasket aligned with the line on the top cover. (A replacement gasket is available as a service part.) D014/D015/D078/D079 3-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 333: Laser Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Laser Unit 3.3.3 LASER UNIT Remove: [A] ARDF ( [B] Left top cover ( [C] Rear top cover ( [D] Right top cover ( [E] Operation panel (Shoulder 3-27 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 334 Reinstallation Be sure to reconnect ground wire [C]. Raise the scanner unit [A] ( x 2). Set the support rod [B] at the base , then under the front right corner of the scanner unit. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 335 Remove the laser unit [A] ( The laser unit includes four LD sub units. However, the LD sub units cannot be replaced separately because factory adjustment is required. Reinstallation Be sure to reconnect the ground wire ([C] in step 2). 3-29 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 336: Sp Adjustments After Laser Unit Replacement

    2102-8 The values are in the third item on the list. Two values are given for each SP (for example, BK:001 -001). Enter the 2nd value for each SP code (-001 for BK for example). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 337: Color Registration Errors

    See "Color Registration Test and Error Adjustment" for instructions on how to do this adjustment. Skew If skew occurs immediately after you change the laser unit, do the skew adjustment. (See "Skew Adjustment After Laser Unit Replacement" in Section 3 of the B132/B200 Service Manual (Venus-C1). 3-31 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 338: Laser Synchronization Detector

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Laser Unit 3.3.5 LASER SYNCHRONIZATION DETECTOR Remove: [A] Laser unit [B] Laser synchronization detector ( The locations of the 8 laser synchronization detectors are circled in the illustration above. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 339: Pcu

    Set the PCU on the PCU stand. The PCU stands for the D014/D015/D078/D079 and B132/B200 copiers are different. Be sure to use the PCU stand for the D014/D015/D078/D079. If you use the PCU stand for the B132/B200, this could damage the exposed drum on the bottom of the PCU.

  • Page 340: Charge Roller Unit: Ymc Pcus

    Remove the charge roller unit [A] ( x2). This unit contains the charge roller and charge roller cleaning roller. If you need to replace a charge roller unit, be sure to replace the C, M, Y charge roller units together. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 341: Charge Wire Unit: K Pcu

    [A] Cover ( [B] Charge wire unit The charge corona wire and charge corona wire cleaning mechanism comprise the charge wire unit. The unit is replaced as you see it above (no further disassembly is required). 3-35 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 342: Separating Drum/Cleaning Unit, Removing The Opc Drum

    [A] Small lock plate ( [B] Large lock plate ( At the rear, remove: [C] Small lock plate ( [D] Brown coupling [E] Large lock plate ( Separate the drum unit [F] from the development unit [G]. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 343: Reinstallation Of The Drum

    Lubricant Powder B1329700 (specially designed for this machine). Never use Setting Powder 54429101. This powder can damage the drum and charge roller. Do not use the yellow toner of the D014/D015/D078/D079 copier because it contains developer that could damage the drum and ITB. To dust the drum: Spread a small amount of lubricant powder on a clean sheet of paper.
  • Page 344 You must do the appropriate SP codes to prevent a fatal error, depending on whether you have replaced only the drum or the drum/cleaning blade. For more details, refer to the SP Codes After Replacement table. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 345: Pcu Blades And Rollers

    However, the lubricant bar unit is not the same for both units. The lubricant bar unit is marked "K" for the black PCU. If you replace a cleaning blade, apply lubricant powder to that cleaning blade and to the drum. 3-39 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 346: Lubricant Bar And Lubricant Blade

    Remove the drum, cover it with a piece of clean paper, and set it aside. Remove the lubricant blade ( x2). Remove the screws from the ends of the lubricant bar unit [A] ( x2). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 347 The springs of the lubricant bar units are not interchangeable. The springs of the CMY lubricant bar unit are brown and stronger than the springs of the K lubricant bar unit (the K lubricant bar springs are black). 3-41 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 348: Lubricant Brush Roller

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Lubricant Brush Roller Remove: [A] Gears ( x2, Gears x5). Remove: [A] Shaft lock plate ( [B] Lubricant brush roller (Coupling x1, D014/D015/D078/D079 3-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 349: Drum Cleaning Blade

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Drum Cleaning Blade Remove: [A] Drum cleaning blade ( x2). 3-43 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 350: After Replacement

    [D] to release the yellow toner.) You must use yellow toner for the B132/B200. Do not use D014/D105/D078/D079 yellow toner because it contains developer that could damage the drum and ITB.
  • Page 351 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA You must rotate the gear in the direction shown above. After reinstalling the unit in the machine, do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001. 3-45 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 352: Developer Replacement

    [C] Brown coupling The PCU stands for the D014/D015/D078/D079 and B132/B200 copiers are different. Be sure to use the PCU stand for the D014/D015/D078/D079. If you use the PCU stand for the B132/B200, this could damage the exposed drum on the bottom of the PCU.

  • Page 353: Removing The Old Developer

    This also protects the exposed drum on the bottom of the PCU during servicing. Removing the old developer Preparation Separate the drum unit and development unit. Cover the drum with a sheet of clean paper and set it aside. 3-47 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 354 The D-shaped hole of the metal jig must fit over the D-shaped shaft tip. If the hole of the metal jig is not aligned with the shaft, rotate the D-shaped shaft tip to position the shaft so the metal jig can be attached. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 355 Turning the brown coupling in the opposite direction will not damage anything but developer will fail to come out of the development unit. Tip the development unit on its end to dump any remaining developer. Rotate the brown coupling again to push out more developer. 3-49 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 356 10. After the filter unit has been removed, dump the last bit of developer. Never touch or attempt to remove the doctor blade. The doctor blade is set at the factory and requires no cleaning or adjustment. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 357 12. Clean both ends of the unit. The ends must be clean and completely free of old developer. Reinstallation Always replace the filter before reinstalling the cleaned PCU. The filter must be replaced every time the developer is replaced.) 3-51 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 358 Attach the metal jig [A] (provided with the PCU stand) to the ends of the shafts shown above. This aligns the shafts correctly for reinstallation of the PCU. Reinstall the PCU and faceplate. Do not reinstall the toner hopper yet. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 359: Adding New Developer

    Attach the transfer belt release lever [A] to the tip of the shaft [B]. Rotate the lever [A] down to separate the transfer belt from the surfaces of the PCU drums. Before attaching each bottle, loosen the developer to ensure that it will drain completely. 3-53 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 360 Vigorously shake the bottle up and down 10 to 15 times. Mount a developer bottle on each PCU. Set each bottle as shown at Swing the bottle to the right until it snaps into place and is upright D014/D015/D078/D079 3-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 361 Make sure that you have removed the seal from the development bottle. 10. Gently tap the right side of each bottle to make sure that the developer flows freely. 11. Close the front door. You must close the front door. 12. Turn the machine's power on. 3-55 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 362 If you see toner still remains in a bottle, do not disconnect the bottle. Refer to the next section below. 15. Switch the machine off and disconnect the power cord. 16. Remove the developer bottles. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to release the bottle latch at [A]. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 363: Handling Problems With Developer Filling

    Do this procedure only after you have done Procedure 1 immediately above. If all tapes have been removed but developer remains in one or more bottles, do the procedure below. Do SP3814-1 to 6 for the color of whichever PCU is to be filled with developer.. 3-57 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 364 Remove the bottle Remove the faceplate ( x5). Remove the PCU from the machine. Open the top of the development unit ( x2). Pour remaining developer from the bottle into the development unit. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 365: New Pcu

    Remove the seal from the new PCU (the seal is similar to the permanently attached one, shown above, but you can tear it off). Stick the seal on the guide sheet provided. This reminds you which SP codes must be set for the PCU later. 3-59 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 366 Remove the screw and set the plate to the correct position for the PCU to be replaced. This adjustment prevents the PCU from being installed in the wrong position. Install the new PCU in the machine. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 367 Do not execute any other SP codes on this sheet. If you replace only the development unit, you must also do these SP modes. Add developer to the new PCU. Do SP3010, 3011, 3012, or 3013 before you initialize the developer. 3-61 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 368: Sp Codes After Replacements

    Please refer to the notes below. Initialize the TD sensor once only. If you replace the developer for two colors (C, M, Y), do the developer set up for each color, one by one. (Never use SP3811-002.) D014/D015/D078/D079 3-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 369 Covering the drum with toner prevents the cleaning blades from scratching or bending the drums. SP3811 is necessary only when both the developer and cleaning blade are replaced together. For the other procedures, if you send toner to the PCU, that toner is wasted. 3-63 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 370: Ptr Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PTR Unit 3.5 PTR UNIT 3.5.1 RELAY SENSOR Pull out the drawer unit. Remove: [A] Sensor bracket ( [B] Relay sensor ( Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 371: Double-Feed Detection Photosensor, Registration Sensor

    Pull out the drawer unit. Open the guide plate [A]. Remove: [B] Sensor support plate ( [C] Double-feed detection photosensor ( [D] Registration sensor ( Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001 3-65 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 372: Ptr Unit

    Pull out the drawer unit. Remove: [A] Paper transport unit cover ( [B] Timing belt, gear ( Do not loosen or remove the paint-locked screws. Remove: [A] Press the release forward [B] Raise the handle to the vertical position. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 373 Raise the front Pull the rear Reinstallation Be sure to set springs [A], [B], and [C] in their original positions before you re-install the PTR Unit. Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001. 3-67 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 374: Paper Transfer Roller, Discharge Plate

    [A] Paper transfer discharge plate ( [B] Paper transfer roller ( x2, Gear x1, Shaft bearings x2) Reinstallation When you install the roller, the long end [C] is at the rear. Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 375: Lubricant Bar

    PTR Unit 3.5.5 LUBRICANT BAR Work carefully to avoid scratching the paper transfer roller. Remove: PTR Unit [A] Entrance guide plate ( [B] Lubrication bar ( Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001 3-69 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 376: Cleaning Blade

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PTR Unit 3.5.6 CLEANING BLADE Remove: PTR Unit Lubrication bar [A] Cleaning blade ( Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 377: Cleaning Brush Roller

    3.5.7 CLEANING BRUSH ROLLER Replacement Remove: PTR Unit Transfer exit guide, paper transfer roller [A] Gear ( x1, Gear x1) [B] Brush roller cover ( [C] Cleaning brush roller (Gear x1, Washer x1, Shaft bearing x1) 3-71 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 378: Paper Transport Belt, Paper Separation Power Pack

    [A] Timing belt x1, Gear x1, Shaft bearing x1 [B] Snap ring x1, Shaft bearing [C] Paper transport belt ( Remove: [A] Cover [B] Separation power pack ( Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 379: Registration Motor

    Drawer unit [A] Drawer unit connector bracket ( [B] Gear cover ( [C] Registration gear ( x1, Spring pin x1) [D] Registration motor assembly ( Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001 3-73 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 380: Double-Feed Detection Led

    Sensor support plate Registration motor inner cover ( [A] Upper stay ( [B] Lower stay ( Remove: [A] Sensor bracket ( [B] Double-feed detection LED ( Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP 2111 001. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 381: Image Transfer Unit

    Insert a sheet of A3 paper [A] under the dust collection unit. Disconnect the dust collection unit [B]. Dump the paper dust from the dust collection unit [C] onto the paper [D]. Carefully remove the paper and discard. 3-75 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 382: Separating The Belt Unit And Belt Cleaning Unit

    Remove screws [A] and [B] ( x2). Pull the ITB cleaning unit [A] forward while pushing the ITB belt unit backward to separate the cleaning unit from the belt unit. Lift the belt unit [C] off the cleaning unit [D]. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 383 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Image Transfer Unit Remove: [A] Screw ( [B] Screw ( Disconnect [C] ( 3-77 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 384: Reassembling The Belt Unit And Belt Cleaning Unit3-78

    The encoder edge of the ITB is silver. Never touch the ITB rollers when removing/installing the belt. If a roller (or the surface of the belt) is touched accidentally, moisten a clean cloth and clean the affected area. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 385 Make sure that the belt is even with the edge of the roller as shown above. When reinstalling the ITB cleaning brush roller, confirm that the seal [A] is on top and visible. Always dust the ITB with lubricant powder before reinstalling the ITB unit in the machine. 3-79 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 386: Reassembling The Belt Unit And Cleaning Unit

    The paper should be under the under the blade as shown above, not over the blade. Lower the belt unit [A] onto the cleaning unit [B]. Reassemble the belt unit and belt cleaning unit. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 387 If the paper is unmarked, go to the next step. -or- If the paper is creased or torn, separate the image transfer belt and cleaning unit. Inspect the seal. If the seal is damaged, replace it. 3-81 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 388: Dusting The Itb With Lubricant Powder

    Keep rotating the knob at [D] until the ITB has made one full rotation. This reverse rotation covers the edge of the belt cleaning blade with lubrication powder. Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP2111-1. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 389: Itb Cleaning Unit

    The PM interval of the lubricant blade and lubricant brush roller pair and the ITB cleaning blade and ITB brush cleaning roller pair is the same (300K). These four items are always replaced together. 3-83 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 390: Lubricant Blade

    Remove the screws of the lubricant blade [A] ( x2). Remove the lubricant blade [B]. Lubricant Brush Roller, Lubricant Bar At the back, remove: [A] Gear ( [B] Coupling At the front, remove screw [A] ( x1). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 391: Itb Cleaning Blade

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Image Transfer Unit Remove the lubricant brush roller [B]. Remove the lubricant bar [A] ITB Cleaning Blade Remove the screws of the ITB cleaning blade [A] ( x2). Remove the ITB cleaning blade [B]. 3-85 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 392: Itb Brush Cleaning Roller

    At the rear: Remove gear [A] ( x1). Remove coupling [B]. At the front: Remove screw [A] ( Remove coupling [B]. Remove sponge and seal casing [A]. Remove the ITB brush cleaning roller [B]. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 393: Music And Id Sensors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Image Transfer Unit 3.6.5 MUSIC AND ID SENSORS Remove ID sensor/MUSIC sensor plate [A] Cover ( [B] MUSIC and ID sensors ( Reinstallation Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP2111-1. 3-87 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 394: Image Transfer Power Pack

    [B] Small idle roller plate [C] Large idle roller plate [D] Image transfer power pack ( Note the correct positions of the color coded connectors when you disconnect them, so that you can reconnect them correctly: Blue Yellow D014/D015/D078/D079 3-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 395 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Image Transfer Unit Reinstallation When you reattach the support bracket [A], rotate the screw [B] up as shown, then tighten it. Do the forced MUSIC adjustment with SP2111-1. 3-89 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 396: Belt Position Sensor

    Remove: [A] Belt position sensor assembly ( Reinstallation After the reinstallation of the new sensor, do the following SP codes: SP2912-1 (Encoder Sn: Adj Light) SP2914-1 (Encoder Sn Get 1st Phase) SP2111-1 (Forced MUSIC Adjustment) D014/D015/D078/D079 3-90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 397: Fusing Unit

    Rotate the lever [B] away from the pin, then tighten the screw with the lever in the open position. (Tightening the screw keeps the lever at the open position so that the fusing unit can be reinstalled easily.) 3-91 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 398 Turn the main power on. The cam moves down. Open the drawer and put the fusing unit back in the machine. Confirm that the lock/release lever is in the locked position. Close the drawer unit and front door. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-92 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 399: Fusing Cleaning Unit

    Fusing Belt Strippers Preparation Remove the fusing unit from the machine. Allow the unit to cool for at least 10 minutes. Raise D2 to a 45 slant. Remove: [A] Spring [B] Plate [C] Spring [D] Plate 3-93 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 400 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing Unit Remove: [A] Spring [B] Spring Remove fusing belt stripper plate [A] with strippers attached. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-94 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 401: Oil Supply Roller Cleaning Roller, Oil Supply Roller

    [B] Lock plate (Front x1, Back x1) [C] Oil supply roller [D] Oil supply roller cleaning roller Reinstallation The end of the oil supply roller with the number above must be installed at the front of the fusing cleaning belt unit. 3-95 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 402: Fusing Lamps, Dividing The Fusing Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing Unit 3.7.3 FUSING LAMPS, DIVIDING THE FUSING UNIT Remove: [A] Fusing unit cover ( Remove: [A] Bracket ( [B] Connector ( [C] Screw ( D014/D015/D078/D079 3-96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 403 Remove screws (normal screws) (step screw) ( Separate the two halves of the fusing unit [A] and [B]. Remove: [A] Lock plate ( [B] Lock plate ( [C] Bracket ( [D] Heating roller fusing lamps ( 3-97 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 404 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing Unit Remove: [A] Lock plate ( [B] Connector ( [C] Lock plate ( [D] Pressure roller fusing lamp (x1) D014/D015/D078/D079 3-98 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 405: Fusing Unit Rollers, Fusing Belt

    3.7.4 FUSING UNIT ROLLERS, FUSING BELT Removing the Fusing Belt, Hot Roller, Heating Roller, Pressure Roller Remove: [A] Upper entrance guide plate ( Remove: [A] Plate ( [B] Spring x1 [C] Spring x1 [D] Bracket ( 3-99 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 406 Flanges [F] should be reused with the new roller if the heating roller is replaced. Reinstallation Make sure that the ends of the heating roller are arranged as shown by in the illustration above. ( is shorter than D014/D015/D078/D079 3-100 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 407 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing Unit Remove: [A] Fusing belt [B] Hot roller Remove: [A] Paper exit sensor bracket ( [B] Paper exit guide ( [C] Lower entrance guide plate ( 3-101 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 408: Lubrication After Replacement

    Do this procedure to adjust the gaps only after the fusing unit has been allowed to cool. If the fusing unit is still warm when the adjustments are done, the gap adjustment may not be within specification. Reinstall the fusing belt and hot roller. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-102 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 409 Turn screw [C] in 90 degree steps to adjust the gap to the thickness of the MIN thickness plate inserted between the pawl and belt. Turning the screw 90 degrees counter-clockwise reduces the gap. Turning the screw 90 degrees clockwise increases the gap. 3-103 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 410: Important Warning About Thermostats

    Never attempt to reset a blown thermostat by manipulating the edges of the black cover with a screw driver. Resetting a thermostat manually could cause a failure to detect overheating in the fusing unit and cause a fire hazard. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-104 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 411: Boards

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards 3.8 BOARDS 3.8.1 PCB LAYOUT Controller Box Closed Controller Board IPU Board VBCU Board HDD Unit PFB (Paper Feed Board) HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) 3-105 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 412 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards Controller Box Open Charge Roller Power Pack Potential Sensor Power Pack DRB (Motor Drive Board) DTMB (Drum Transfer Motor Board) D014/D015/D078/D079 3-106 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 413 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards Left Lower Cover Removed AC Drive Board 3-107 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 414: Controller

    Remove the NVRAMs from the old controller board. (See previous illustration.) Install them on the new controller board after you replace the controller board. Replace the NVRAMs if the NVRAM on the old controller board is defective. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-108 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 415: After Installing The Controller Board

    For a model in which the HDD encryption unit has been installed, restoring the encryption key is required. Refer to "Recovery from a Device Problem" in the installation procedure for the HDD Encryption Unit. Turn the main power switch off/on. 3-109 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 416: Ipu/Vbcu

    The controller board must be removed before the IPU/VBCU can be removed. Remove the controller board. Disconnect the boards. [A] IPU ( [B] VBCU ( x26) Slide the plate with the boards attached to the right. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-110 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 417 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards Remove the boards from the frame. [A] IPU ( [B] VBCU ( 3-111 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 418: Vbcu Replacement

    Remove the EEPROM from the old VBCU. (The EEPROM shown above is marked "IC2" with a notation on the board.) Install the EEPROM on the new VBCU. Set the DIP SW (SW2) for the machine as shown below. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-112 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 419: Hdd

    If this occurs just reconnect the HDD correctly and start again. The HDD will not be damaged by such an incorrect startup. Disconnect the HDD unit from the controller board [A] ( x3). Remove the HDD unit [B] ( x4). 3-113 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 420: After Installing The New Hdd Unit

    HDD in a special format so it cannot normally be read but can be recovered with illegal methods. Reinstallation Explain to the customer that the following information stored on the HDD is lost when the HDD is replaced: document server documents, fixed stamps, document server D014/D015/D078/D079 3-114 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 421 For more, see Section "1. Installation". If the customer is using the HDD Encryption Unit, the encryption key must be restored after replacing the HDD unit. For details, see the installation procedure for the HDD Encryption Unit. 3-115 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 422: Pfb

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards 3.8.5 PFB Remove the PFB ( x14, x6). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-116 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 423: Hvps

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards 3.8.6 HVPS Remove the HVPS ( x8). 3-117 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 424: Charge Roller Power Pack

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards 3.8.7 CHARGE ROLLER POWER PACK Remove the charge roller power pack ( x6). 3.8.8 POTENTIAL SENSOR POWER PACK Remove the potential sensor power pack ( x5). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-118 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 425: Drb

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards 3.8.9 DRB Remove the DRB ( x14, x5). 3-119 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 426: Dtmb

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards 3.8.10 DTMB Remove the DTMB ( x4). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-120 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 427: Psu

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards 3.8.11 PSU Remove the rear covers. Open the controller box door. Remove the PFB/HVPS board frame. Remove: [A] PSU ( x8). 3-121 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 428: Ac Drive Board

    There are two types of AC drive boards: 100V and 200V. The boards are clearly marked at the locations shown above. Confirm the marking before installing the AC drive board. Remove the AC drive board ( x8). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-122 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 429: Memory

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Boards 3.8.13 MEMORY Install memory chips. 3-123 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 430: Nvram

    Insert an SD card in Slot 1 (lower slot). Execute SP5824 to upload the data to the SD card. Switch the machine off and disconnect the power cord. Replace NVRAM Remove the old NVRAM. Attach the new NVRAM. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-124 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 431: Download Nvram Data From Sd Card

    Compare this new SMC report with the report you printed in Step 1. If any of the SP settings are different, enter the SP settings of the first report. Execute SP5907 and enter the brand and model name of the machine for Windows Plug & Play capability. 3-125 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 432: Motors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Motors 3.9 MOTORS Development Motor Drum Cleaning Motor Drum Motor Paper Transfer Motor Remove the rear covers. Open and lock the controller box. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-126 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 433: Drum Cleaning Motors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Motors 3.9.1 DRUM CLEANING MOTORS Disconnect the drum cleaning motor [A] ( x3). Remove the drum cleaning motor [B]. 3.9.2 DEVELOPMENT MOTORS Disconnect the development motor [A] ( x4). Remove the development motor [B]. 3-127 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 434: Drum Motor

    Pull out the motor [A] with its drive shaft. In order to remove the K PCU motor [A], you must first loosen the duct [B]. Before removing the Y PCU motor [C], you must first loosen the fan [D]. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-128 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 435: Drum Motor Reinstallation

    At the front, set the faceplate set the shaft [A] as shown above. Fasten the faceplate with its screws ( x3). At the back, tighten the screws ( x3) of the drum motor [B] and attach its connector x1). 3-129 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 436: Fusing/Exit Motor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Motors 3.9.4 FUSING/EXIT MOTOR Remove the paper transfer motor [A] ( x4). D014/D015/D078/D079 3-130 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 437: Ptr Motor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Motors 3.9.5 PTR MOTOR Remove the rear covers. Open the controller box door. Remove the plate that holds the DRB [A] and DTMB [B] ( x2, x all) Remove the PTR motor [A]( x1). 3-131 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 438: Itb Drive Motor

    Remove the plate that holds the DRB [A] and DTMB [B] ( x2, x All) Remove the fan plate with fan [A] attached ( x2). Disconnect the drum motors [B] ( x4). Disconnect the cross-brace [C]. (There are two screws on each end of the cross-brace.) D014/D015/D078/D079 3-132 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 439 Do not release the harnesses that are permanently locked. Release only enough harnesses so you can pull the cross-brace [D] away from the machine so that you can see the ITB motor [E]. Remove the ITB drive motor [A] ( x1). 3-133 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 440: Air Filters And Ozone Filters

    3.10 AIR FILTERS AND OZONE FILTERS Upper Filter Box Middle Filter Box Lower Filter Box This machine has three filter boxes on the left rear corner. These boxes contain air filters and one ozone filter each. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-134 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 441: Upper Filter Box

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Air Filters and Ozone Filters 3.10.1 UPPER FILTER BOX Remove: [A] Upper filter box cover ( [B] Air filters 3-135 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 442: Middle Filter Box

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Air Filters and Ozone Filters 3.10.2 MIDDLE FILTER BOX Remove: [A] Middle filter box cover ( [B] Inner cover. Depress at then pull out Remove: [A] Air filters [B] Ozone filter D014/D015/D078/D079 3-136 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 443: Lower Filter Box

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Air Filters and Ozone Filters 3.10.3 LOWER FILTER BOX Remove: [A] Lower filter box cover ( [B] Inner cover. Depress at then remove. Remove: [A] Air filters [B] Ozone filter 3-137 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 444: Firmware Update

    Handle SD cards carefully to avoid bending, scratching, or dropping them. If a power failure occurs during the firmware update, turn the machine power off/on without removing the SD card. The firmware update procedure should start again. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-138 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 445: Firmware Update Procedure

    The [Start] key flashes RED during firmware update, and then lights GREEN when the update is finished. When the [Start] key LED starts flashing rapidly, this means the update is almost finished. Never switch the machine off while the [Start] key is flashing RED. 3-139 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 446 When you see the 'update completed' message, the firmware update is complete. Engine Update The middle bar tells you the name of the item that you are updating. The bottom bar shows the progress of the update procedure. D014/D015/D078/D079 3-140 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 447 The update requires about 2.5 minutes. 10. When you see the update completed message, turn the machine off. 11. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot. 12. Switch the machine on. This completes the update procedure. 3-141 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 448 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 449: Troubleshooting

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TROUBLESHOOTING R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY P a ge D a t e A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew 38 ~ 39 09/04/2008 Service Call Tables 07/30/3009 SC534 –...
  • Page 450 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 451: Service Call Conditions

    The machine will reboot automatically after approximately 30 seconds. The operator can wait until the machine reboots automatically or touch "Reset" on the screen to reset the machine immediately and go back to the copy screen. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 452 Do not try to use the operation panel during an automatic reboot. If the Remote Service System is in use, the SC code is sent immediately to the Service Center D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 453: Sc Code Descriptions

    ) lights or flashes while the platen cover or ARDF is open, while the main machine is communicating with a facsimile or the network server, or while the machine is accessing the hard disk or memory for reading or writing data. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 454: Service Call Tables

    The scanner home position broken, defective sensor did not go ON after the SC121 Scanner motor defective scanner moved forward 6 mm Scanner HP sensor disconnected, and the feeler entered the HP defective sensor. SIOB defective D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 455 Clean the optics and lenses Check the connectors between the At power on the automatic SC143 SBU and IPU. white level adjustment Replace the SBU failed. Replace the IPU Replace the VBCU Replace the exposure lamp D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 456 The fan motor next to the Foreign object interfering with SC180 SIOB did not switch on operation of fan within 10 sec. after the Motor harness loose, disconnected, or CPU issued the ON signal. broken SIOB defective D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 457 Confirm the correct serial number of The number registered for the machine in the specifications SC195 the machine serial number Important: When SC195 occurs, the does not match. serial number must be input. Please contact your technical supervisor. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 458: Sc Codes Group 2: Exposure

    Polygon motor defective. Polygon motor error: XSCRDY signal error Harness to polygon motor driver The polygon motor stopped board disconnected, defective SC204 operating while the LD unit Polygon motor defective was firing. Polygon motor driver board defective D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 459 SC220 Check all connections between LD is output for LD0 black, or unit, LDB, IPU leading edge, even after the LD unit laser diode has been firing for LDB defective 2 sec. IPU defective D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 460 SC223 synchronizing detection signal Check all connections between LD is output for yellow, leading unit, LDB, IPU edge for any LD other than LD unit LD0. LDB defective IPU defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 461 While the polygon motor is is disconnected, defective rotating normally, no SC226 Check all connections between LD synchronizing detection signal unit, LDB, IPU is output for LD0 cyan, leading LD unit edge. LDB defective IPU defective 4-11 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 462 After the start of timing to LD unit defective SC231 create the black image, the IPU defective PFGATE register of the Controller board disconnected, GAVD did not assert. defective HDD defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 463 LDB unit disconnected, loose, or defective. After the start of timing to SC234 create the magenta image, the LD unit defective PFGATE register of the GAVD IPU defective did not assert. Controller board disconnected, defective HDD defective 4-13 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 464 LDB unit disconnected, loose, or After the start of timing to defective. SC237 create the cyan image, the LD unit defective PFGATE register of the GAVD IPU defective does not assert. Controller board disconnected, defective HDD defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 465 80°C. Skew Control Upper Lower Limit: Y ITB not installed correctly. The pulse total for Yellow skew SC270 ITB defective control is not within the Optical unit installed incorrectly prescribed range. Optical unit defective 4-15 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 466 Optical unit installed incorrectly prescribed range. Optical unit defective MUSIC Continuous Failure Fusing belt installed incorrectly SC285 The MUSIC adjustment failed Fusing belt surface scoured, after four attempts. scratched MUSIC sensors dirty, defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 467: Sc Codes Group 3: Image Development - 1

    Test the conductivity between the OPC unit and the ground. If there is no conductivity between the OPC unit and ground, replace the OPC unit. If there is no charge PWM signal, replace the harness and/or VBCU. 4-17 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 468 After the M, C, or Y drum Check harness connections started to rotate, the feedback between charge roller and transfer for the charge unit of the color power pack. dropped below 0.3V. Defective charge roller Defective power pack D014/D015/D078/D079 4-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 469 Attach a voltmeter to the terminal. If there is no output from the terminal, replace the high voltage power supply. -or- If there is output from the terminal, test the resistance between 4-19 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 470 The PLL lock signal remained Development motor shaft locked, HIGH or LOW for longer than blocked by obstruction the prescribed time for the K, Development motor defective M, C, or Y, development DRB defective motor. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 471 Toner supply motor error Motor harness disconnected, loose, 2 sec. after the motor START or defective SC348 signal is output, a LOCK Toner pump overload signal cannot be detected. Sub hopper overload Toner hopper motor defective 4-21 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 472 Black, magenta, cyan, or yellow TD sensor disconnected Harness between TD sensor and PCU defective Defective TD sensor, replace the PCU Note: The TD sensor cannot be replaced independently. The PCU must be replaced if the TD sensor is defective. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 473 TD harness sensor disconnected, loose or defective Harness between TD sensor and drawer disconnected, defective TD sensor defective, replace the PCU Note: The TD sensor cannot be replaced independently. The PCU must be replaced if the TD sensor is defective. 4-23 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 474 The motor is trying to rotate at power on or during normal operation but there is an excessive load on the drum shaft. The motor has no traction (due to a bent cleaning blade, for example). Drum motor harness loose, broken, defective Drum motor defective DTMB defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 475: Sc Codes Group 4: Image Development - 2

    Section 4 of the Venus-C1 B132 Service Manual (Self-Check Error Codes 55 to 59, 61). LD sensor harness loose, broken, defective Potential sensor defective LD unit not firing ITB separation for CMY abnormal Transfer power pack defective 4-25 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 476 ITB separation for CMY abnormal Transfer power pack defective LED error during Vsg adjustment PWM value: Ifsg>3000 SC418 ID sensor dirty This means the current to the LED of ID sensor defective the ID sensor is abnormal. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 477 Potential sensor error 8: Vl adjustment Y Vpl could not be adjusted to within ±5V of the target Vpl after exposure of the ID sensor patterns. Drum worn LD unit dirty Poor drum ground connection 4-27 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 478 (-500 to -800) Potential sensor dirty Potential sensor defective Charge roller defective Charge power pack defective OPC defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 479 SC446 ITB lift motor disconnected, (switching from off to on or defective vice versa), even after the ITB ITB sensor defective lift motor starts rotating. ITB lift motor defective 4-29 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 480 The lock signal from the paper blocked by obstruction SC455 transfer motor was not Drive shaft of the ITB locked and detected within 1 sec. after the overloaded, needs cleaning, or motor switched on. blocked by obstruction DRB disconnected, defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 481 Check the connections between the abnormal reading of the transfer power pack SC472 resistance of the ITB bias Replace image transfer roller roller because it is near the Transfer power pack defective end of its service life. 4-31 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 482 The set sensor of the used toner bottle remains LOW for Used toner bottle not installed SC487 more than 500 ms. (The Remove used toner bottle and sensor goes HIGH when the reinstall correctly bottle is installed correctly.) D014/D015/D078/D079 4-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 483 LED light could not be adjusted correctly. ITB installed incorrectly Inspect ITB belt for damage, replace MUSIC pattern abnormal; do a forced process control (SP3821) and check the result. MUSIC sensor defective or disconnected 4-33 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 484 Sensor harness disconnected or SC499 encoded film strip on the edge damaged of the image transfer belt is Encoded scale on the edge of the sending is operating correctly. ITB is damaged or dirty ITB installed incorrectly D014/D015/D078/D079 4-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 485: Sc Codes Group 5: Paper Feed

    1.5 trapped between tray and sec. motor The lower limit sensor of the tandem Pick-up solenoid disconnected tray does not detect the lower limit or blocked by an obstacle within 10 sec. 4-35 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 486 Motor mechanical overload due to The HP sensor and return obstruction sensor switch on at the same Return sensor or HP sensor time. defective or dirty D014/D015/D078/D079 4-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 487 Paper or other obstacle has jammed jogger fence 153.5 mm. mechanism HP sensor connector disconnected or defective HP sensor defective 4-37 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 488 Fan blocked by an obstruction Fan damaged, defective LCIT Air Assist Rear Fan Error Fan harness disconnected or SC518 The rear air assist fan is not damaged functioning properly. Fan blocked by an obstruction Fan damaged, defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 489 ⇒ Duplex unit fan error NOTE: The fans described in SC534 are the Front Duplex and Rear Duplex Fan Motors. Refer to the D014/D015 Electrical Motor Layout 2/3 Symbols M29 and M30. The lock signal remained SC534 Fan harness disconnected or damaged HIGH for 5 sec.
  • Page 490 Motor or its driver board defective Heating roller thermistor (center) error 1 The "floating" (non-contact) Thermistor harness connection SC541 thermistor at the center of the loose, disconnected, defective heating roller is not operating Thermistor installed incorrectly correction. Thermistor defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 491 The temperature measured by the heating roller thermistor Loose connection of the heating SC546 does not reach 0°C after 50 roller thermistor sec. and remains over this Defective heating roller thermistor temperature for 10 readings. 4-41 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 492 Do SP5810 to cancel the SC fusing The temperature measured code. SC551 by the pressure roller Loose connection of the pressure thermistor did not reach 0°C roller thermistor after 10 attempts. Thermistor positioned incorrectly Defective pressure roller thermistor D014/D015/D078/D079 4-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 493 Do SP5810 to cancel the SC fusing warm-up temperature, the code. SC555 pressure roller fusing lamp Thermistor damaged, or out of remained for 300 sec. while position the hot roller is not rotating. Fusing lamp disconnected, broken 4-43 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 494 Heating roller non-contact thermistor error 1 The temperature measured by the Loose, broken, damaged heating roller thermistor (non-contact) SC561 on the end of the heating roller did not connector reach the prescribed warm-up Defective thermistor temperature within 1 sec. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 495 1 sec. VBCU defective Heating roller non-contact thermistor error 3 Do SP5810 to cancel the SC fusing code. SC564 The thermistor detected a TRIAC short, AC drive board temperature over 260°C. defective VBCU defective 4-45 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 496 Clean the pressure roller lift sensor not operating correctly. SC569 Pressure roller lift harness loose, broken, (No signal to indicate damage completion of Pressure roller lift motor blocked by an operation.) obstruction Pressure roller lift motor defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 497 Fan overload due to physical correctly. obstruction Fan motor defective Ozone intake fan error Fan harness loose, broken, defective SC573 The ozone filter intake fan not Fan overload due to physical operating correctly. obstruction Fan motor defective 4-47 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 498 Tray 1 lift motor error Motor harness loose, broken, An error was detected in the defective SC599 operation of the lift motor for Motor overload due to an Tray 1 (tandem tray). obstruction Motor defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 499: Sc Codes Group 6: Device Communication

    3 retries failed. PFB communication error Connection cable between the Communication between the VBCU and PFB is disconnected, SC622 VBCU and PFB was interrupted. defective (Communication status is VBCU defective monitored at 30 ms intervals.) PFB defective 4-49 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 500 VBCU and DMC (sub) was connections at the DTMB and SC626 interrupted. An ACK/NAK VBCU signal was not received within DTMB defective 100 ms after a data frame was VBCU defective sent and three retries failed. PSU defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 501 1. Engine does not respond VBCU installation incorrect within 30sec after power on. VBCU defective SC670 2. Engine down detected Sudden communication reset suddenly during power on and occurred between the VBCU and warm up. the Controller 4-51 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 502: Sc Codes Group 7: Peripherals

    The bottom plate position sensor does not detect the position of the plate after the lift motor switches on and raises the bottom plate. ARDF feed motor disconnected, defective Bottom plate HP sensor disconnected, defective ARDF main board defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 503 The 1st detection Finisher main board connection to failure causes a jam error, and feed out motor disconnected, the 2nd failure causes this SC defective code. Motor overload due to obstruction 4-53 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 504 SC726 Shift jogger motor overloaded due motor switches on. The 1st to obstruction detection failure causes a jam Shift jogger HP sensor error, and the 2nd failure disconnected, defective causes this SC code. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 505 The 1st tray is disconnected, defective detection failure causes a jam error, Shift tray motor of the upper and the 2nd failure causes this SC tray overloaded due to code. obstruction 4-55 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 506 Finisher main control board defective Stapler Exit Motor: B830 Motor harness loose, broken, defective SC733 The stapler exit motor Motor is blocked by an obstruction is not operating. Motor defective Finisher main control board defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 507 -or- Junction gate did not leave the The HP sensor twice detected home position within the specified the gate at the home position time for more than 200 ms after it was supposed to open. 4-57 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 508 -or- Junction gate did not leave the The HP sensor twice detected home position within the specified the gate at the home position time for more than 200 ms after it was supposed to open. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 509 Front motor disconnected, does not start operation within the SC743 defective specified time. The 1st detection failure Front motor overloaded causes a jam error, and the 2nd failure due to obstruction causes this SC code. 4-59 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 510 Front stack plate HP sensor harness loose, broken, defective Front stack plate HP sensor defective If the motor is not operating: Motor blocked by an obstruction Motor harness loose, broken, defective Motor defective Booklet finisher main board defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 511 Rear stack plate HP sensor harness loose, broken, defective Rear stack plate HP sensor defective If the motor is not operating: Motor blocked by an obstruction Motor harness loose, broken, defective Motor defective Booklet finisher main board defective 4-61 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 512 Motor harness loose, broken, defective Motor defective Finisher main board defective Stacking Roller Drag Motor Error (B830) Motor harness loose, broken, SC754 defective The stacking roller drag motor did not turn on. Motor defective Finisher control board defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 513 SC760 Punch motor disconnected, turned on. The 1st detection defective failure causes a jam error, and Punch motor overload due to the 2nd failure causes this SC obstruction code. 4-63 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 514 SC765 the home position Fold bottom fence HP sensor defective within the specified Fold bottom fence lift motor connector loose, broken, defective time. Fold bottom fence lift motor defective Main control board defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 515 SC767 did not return to the home Stack junction gate HP sensor defective position within the Stack junction gate motor connector specified time. loose, broken, defective Stack junction gate motor defective Main control board defective 4-65 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 516 Note: In both cases, 1 error count indicates a jam, 2 error counts cause this SC code. Lift motor, upper limit sensor, lower limit sensor harnesses, connectors loose, broken, defective Lift motor defective Upper limit sensor defective Lower limit sensor defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 517 Note: In both cases, 1 error count indicates a jam, 2 error counts cause this SC code. The pick-up motor, pick-up roller HP sensor harnesses, connectors were loose, broken, defective Pick-up motor overload due to an obstruction Pick-up motor defective Pick-up roller HP sensor defective 4-67 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 518 Bottom fence HP sensor harness loose, broken, defective Bottom fence HP sensor defective If the jogger bottom fence motor is not operating: Motor blocked by an obstruction Motor harness loose, broken, defective Motor defective Finisher main board defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 519 The output voltage light Sensor, mirror dirty from paper dust, SC784 emitted from the sensor other particles changed, but the return input Harness loose, broken, defective was not sufficient to attain V0. Mirror out of position 4-69 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 520 Harness loose, broken, defective was not sufficient to attain V0. Mirror out of position Z-Fold Memory Error Turn the machine power off/on SC786 Several attempts to write to EEPROM on Z-Folder main board the Z-fold memory failed. defective D014/D015/D078/D079 4-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 521: Sc800:Overall System

    SC reoccurs, replace the Controller function Board. ⇒ Note: STR is a newly-added feature of the D014/D015/D078/D079 copier, which further minimizes energy consumption while the machine is in Energy Saver mode. Boot loader error *GW The boot loader cannot read...
  • Page 522 SHM register incorrect. Note: For more details about this SC code error, execute SP5990 to print an SMC report so you can read the error code. The error code is not displayed on the operation panel. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 523 HDDs Mandolin does not respond, the defective HDD device remains connecto 3013 BUSY for r loose or more than 31 defective s, or the Controller BUSY signal defective does not drop within 6 s after 4-73 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 524 Self-diagnostic error 5: Optional RAM Make sure that the resident RAM is SC829 Verify error for installed in the correct slot. optional RAM. Make sure the optional RAM is installed in the correct slot (Slot 0) D014/D015/D078/D079 4-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 525 Controller defective controller board returned an error. Net I/F error Duplicate IP addresses. IP address setting incorrect SC850 Illegal IP address. Ethernet board defective Driver unstable and cannot Controller board defective be used on the network. 4-75 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 526 SC856 Wireless LAN card defective PCI connector (to the mother board) loose ⇒ USB I/F Error The USB driver is not stable and caused an error. SC857 Bad USB card connection Replace the controller board D014/D015/D078/D079 4-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 527 Turn the machine power off/on several times. Replace Error Replace the controller board. An unexpected error occurred while data was being 31 Other Error converted. This error is the same as SC991. See SC991 below. 4-77 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 528 SC861 HDD is interrupted, after the HDD power connector disconnected HDD is awakened from the HDD defective sleep mode, the HDD is not Controller board defective ready within 30 s. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 529 SD card is incorrect, then the checked program cannot execute and this SC code is displayed. Program missing from the SD card Download the correct program for the machine to the SD card 4-79 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 530 HDD defective. SC870 More Details: Do SP5846-50 (UCS Settings – Initialize all Directory Info.) to reset all address book data. Reset the user information with SP5832-6 (HDD Formatting– User Info). Replace the HDDs. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 531 An error occurred while the machine Cycle the machine off/on. deleted data from the HDD. Try the operation again. SC875 Note: The source of this error is the Data Overwrite Security Unit D377 running from an SD card. 4-81 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 532 Installed a NVRAM or HDD which was used in another machine Reinstall the previous NVRAM or HDD. Initialize the HDD with SP5832-004. -099 Log Data Error 99 Other than the above causes Ask your supervisor. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 533 Defective flash ROM on the controller board Replace the controller board. ⇒ File Format Converter (MLB) error A request to get access to the MLB is not answered within the specified SC880 time. MLB defective, replace the MLB 4-83 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 534: Sc900: Miscellaneous

    External controller error 1 *GW SC911 External controller error 2 *GW SC912 External controller error 3 *GW SC913 External controller error 4 *GW The external controller (Fiery) Turn the machine power sends an error message. OFF/ON D014/D015/D078/D079 4-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 535 Insufficient memory ⇒ Printer font error A necessary font is not found in the SD card. SC921 A necessary font is not found in the SD card. The SD card data is corrupted. 4-85 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 536 “filesystem” repair failed (-8) “filesystem” mount failed (-9) Drive does not answer command (-10) Internal kernel error (-11) Size of drive is too small (-12) Specified partition does not exist (-13) Device file does not exist D014/D015/D078/D079 4-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 537 SP5832-001 erases all document and address book data on the hard disks. Consult with the customer before you do this SP code. Procedure 4 If “Procedure 3” does not solve the problem, replace the HDD. 4-87 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 538 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Service Call Tables Rev. 05/2008 ⇒ Software error 1 The software performs an unexpected function and the program cannot SC990 continue. Software defective, re-boot D014/D015/D078/D079 4-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 539: Additional Sc Codes Printed In Smc Reports

    Initialize the user data by using SP5-832-6 and -7 (the user codes and counters are recovered when the main switch is turned on). Replace the hard disk (the user codes and counters are recovered when the main switch is turned on). 4-89 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 540 PC and the DeskTopBinder software Other system SCs The controller received an unknown SC Contact your product code from the engine. specialist. Network error The ASIC program of GW controller Defective GW controller cannot be continued. D014/D015/D078/D079 4-90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 541: Service Tables

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SERVICE TABLES SECTION 5 SERVICE TABLES (SP MODES) REVISION HISTORY Page Date Added/Updated/New 08/12/2008 Group 3000 SP modes 168 ~ 169 04/16/2009 Group 5000 SP Modes 08/27/2009 SP5801 04/13/2009 SP5824 & SP5825 08/27/2009 SP5824 9/16/2009 SP5985 220 ~ 234 01/26/2009 Group 5000 SP modes 04/13/2009...
  • Page 542 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 543: Service Program Mode

    The feature or item is for Japan only. Do not change this value. Long Edge Feed Short Edge Feed Please ignore. These notations refer to finishers not yet available for Fin3, Fin4 this machine at the present time (Oct 2007). D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 544 1 Tray 1 [–9 to +9/ 0.1 mm] 2 Tray 2 3 Tray 3 4 Tray 4 Japan Only 5 Bypass Tray 6 Dupx Tray 7 LCT LCT1: B473 8 WIDE LCT LCT2: D350 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 545 Duplex Side Fence Position Adjustment. Allows fine adjustment of the distance between the edges of the sheet and the jogger fences when the fences come together to position the sheet in the duplex unit. [-3 to +3/0.1 mm] D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 546 Sets the length of time the paper is force pre-fed and stopped at the registration roller for each paper feed source.. [0 to 3/ 0 / 1] 1 Tray 1 2 Tray 2 3 Tray 3 4 Tray 4 5 LCT 1 6 LCT 2 7 Bypass Tray D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 547 9 K Drum CL Mtr: Norm2 10 M Drum CL Mtr: Norm2 11 C Drum CL Mtr: Norm2 12 Y Drum CL Mtr: Norm2 13 ITB Motor: Norm2 14 PTR Motor: Norm2 15 Fusing Motor: Norm2 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 548 7 C Dev Motor 8 Y Dev Motor 9 K Drum CL Mtr 10 M Drum CL Mtr 11 C Drum CL Mtr 12 Y Drum CL Mtr 13 ITB Motor 14 PTR Motor 15 Fusing Motor D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 549 7 C Dev Motor 8 Y Dev Motor 9 K Drum CL Mtr 10 M Drum CL Mtr 11 C Drum CL Mtr 12 Y Drum CL Mtr 13 ITB Motor 14 PTR Motor 15 Fusing Motor D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 550 Hot, Htg, Press Roll Temp DFU [140 to 200/ 170 / 1 deg.] 1 Htg Roll Ctr:Reload 2 Htg Roll Ctr:Idle:Reload 3 Htg Roll Ctr:Wait:Norm 4 Htg Roll Ctr:Wait:Low 5 Htg Roll Ctr:Wait:High 6 Htg Roll Ctr:1-S:Norm1:Normal D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 551 21 Htg Roll Ctr:OHP:high adhesion 22 Htg Roll Ctr:2-S:Norm1:1C 23 Htg Roll Ctr:2-S:Norm1:FC 24 Htg Roll Ctr:2-S:Norm2:1C 25 Htg Roll Ctr:2-S:Norm2:FC 26 Htg Roll Ctr:2-S:Trace:1C 27 Htg Roll Ctr:2-S:Trace:FC 28 Htg Roll Ctr:2-S:Mid Thk:1C 29 Htg Roll Ctr:2-S:Mid Thk:FC D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 552 41 Press Roll:Wait:Low 42 Press Roll:Wait:High 43 Press Roll:1-S:Norm1 44 Press Roll:1-S:Norm2 45 Press Roll:1-S:Trace 46 Press Roll:1-S:Mid Thk 47 Press Roll:1-S:Thk1 48 Press Roll:Thk2 49 Press Roll:Thk3 50 Press Roll:OHP 51 Press Roll:2-S:Norm1 52 Press Roll:2-S:Norm2 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 553 (ends) in the heating roller. Range: 0 to 230 Displays the temperature in centigrade of the 4 Press Roll Temp pressure roller. Range: 0 to 230 Displays the temperature in centigrade of the hot 5 Hot Roll Temp roller. Range: 0 to 230 5-11 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 554 11 L-Limit:Htg Roll:Feed 12 L-Limit:Press Roll:Feed 13 H-Limit:Htg Roll:Feed 15 Press Temp:Norm1 16 Press Temp:Norm2 17 Press Temp:Trace 18 Press Temp:Mid Thk 19 Press Temp:Thk1 20 Press Temp:Thk2 21 Press Temp:Thk3 22 Press Temp:OHP 25 Idle:Reload:Time D014/D015/D078/D079 5-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 555 37 Extend Start Time Allowed: Line Feed 1109 High Adhesion Mode [*0:Normal] [1: High Adhesion] 1110 Change Temp 1 Norm1 2 Norm2 3 Trace 4 Mid Thk 5 Thk1 6 Thk2 7 Thk3 8 OHP 5-13 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 556 [0 to 2000/100 msec.] 4 Nip Width:Htg Roll Temp:Ctr 5 Nip Width:Htg Roll Temp:End 6 Nip Width:Press Roll Temp 11 Belt:0:off 1:on 12 Belt:Rotation Time 13 Belt:Htg Roll Temp:Ctr 14 Belt:Htg Roll Temp:End 15 Belt:Press Roll Temp D014/D015/D078/D079 5-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 557 0: Enable. SC code is displayed. SC On:0/Off:1 for No 1: Disable. SC code is not displayed. Fusing Pressure Note: A jam does not necessarily occur in the fusing unit if the pressure roller lift mechanism is not operating. 5-15 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 558 11 Down Temp: HiTemp 1: 2nd CPM 12 Down Temp: HiTemp 1: 3rd CPM Down Judgment Temp 13 Down Temp: HiTemp 2: 1st CPM 14 Down Temp: HiTemp 2: 2nd CPM 15 Down Temp: HiTemp 2: 3rd CPM D014/D015/D078/D079 5-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 559 2 Htg Roll Ctr:Low Power Mode 3 Htg Roll End:Panel off mode 4 Htg Roll End:Low Power Mode 5 Press Roll:Panel off mode 6 Press Roll:Low Power Mode 1203 Power Control DFU [-4 to +4/ 0 / 1] 5-17 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 560: Group 1000

    [0 to 1/1] 0: Enable, 1: Disable 1 Tray 1 2 Tray 2 3 Tray 3 4 Tray 4 Japan Only 5 Bypass Tray 6 LCT B473 7 Wide LCT D359 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 561 1 Tray 1 2 Tray 2 3 Tray 3 4 Tray 4 Japan Only 5 Bypass Tray 6 LCT 7 Wide LCT 1902 CPM Down Set 1 Custom (0:Off 1:On) 2 Pre-Punch (0:Off 1:On) 5-19 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 562 PType Det Light Amt 1 Norm Paper Light Amt 2 Trans Paper Light Amt 3 OHP Light Amt 1907 Ptype Det Corr Amt 1 Normal Paper 2 Translucent Paper 3 OHP 1909 Force Jam Feed 1 0:Off 1:On D014/D015/D078/D079 5-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 563 [1: Force On] [2: Force Off] 1924 Adj Start Timing: Paper Type Dbl Feed 1 Line Speed 1 2 Line Speed 2 1925 Adj Value: Paper Type Dbl Feed 1 Main Tray/LCT 2 Bypass/Wide LCT 5-21 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 564 Set Fan Operation 1 Fan Op Temp 2 To Standby Mode Time 3 Fan Off:LCT T/H Sensor 4 Fan Off:Y Thermistor 5 Fan Off Time 11 To Standby EngA:Sn 12 To Standby EngB:Ozone 13 To Standby EngC:Envir D014/D015/D078/D079 5-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 565 7 Main/Sub Scan:C 8 Main/Sub Scan:Y 9 Main/Sub Scan:K1-2 10 Main/Sub Scan:M1-2 11 Main/Sub Scan:C1-2 12 Main/Sub Scan:Y1-2 20 SubScan Line:K-M 21 SubScan Line:K-C 22 SubScan Line:K-Y 23 SubScan M Adj:K-M 34 SubScan M Adj:K-C 5-23 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 566 43 M Diff:Sub D Motor 44 C Diff:Sub D Motor 45 Y Diff:Sub D Motor 60 Spd Diff Offset:K Main 61 Spd Diff Offset:M Main 62 Spd Diff Offset:C Main 63 Spd Diff Offset:Y Main D014/D015/D078/D079 5-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 567 (Tray 1, Tray 2, etc.) 1 LEdge:Tray 1 2 Adj TEdge Margin 3 Adj Left Margin 4 Adj Right Margin 5 TEdge Margin:Tray1 6 TEdge Margin:Tray2 7 TEdge Margin:Tray3 8 TEdge Margin:Tray4 5-25 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 568 Use these SPs to correct skew in color registration. For more, see "4. Troubleshooting" in the B132/B200 Service Manual. 1 Bk-M 2 Bk-C 3 Bk-Y 11 Skew Corr Total M 12 Skew Corr Total C 13 Skew Corr Total Y D014/D015/D078/D079 5-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 569 The polygon mirror motor turns off if the machine receives no print job for the time specified in this SP mode after the previous job was completed. [0 to 180/1 sec] 2107 Prt Param On/Off Switches enhanced shading on/off. 5-27 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 570 [0 to 1/1] 0: Off, 1: On Allows you to select the pattern to print. 2 Select Pattern [0 to 20/1] Grid Pattern Slant Grid Pattern 2-Dot Horizontal Line 2-Dot Vertical Line 1-Dot Horizontal Line 1-Dot Vertical Line D014/D015/D078/D079 5-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 571 [0 to 15/1] 8 Density:Y [0 to 15/1] 11 Gray Density 1 [0 to 15/1] 12 Gray Density 2 [0 to 15/1] 13 Gray Density 3 [0 to 15/1] 14 Gray Density 4 [0 to 15/1] 5-29 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 572: Group 2000

    23 Gray Density 13 [0 to 15/1] 24 Gray Density 14 [0 to 15/1] 25 Gray Density 15 [0 to 15/1] 2110 Force Tnr Cycle Force Toner Supply Cycle. 1 Do Correction 2 Do With LD Wavelength D014/D015/D078/D079 5-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 573 At the interval prescribed by SP2153 015 (Default: 8 min.) After completion of the process control cycle. When the machine receives a job after remaining idle for a long period. After the fusing unit exceeds the prescribed temperature. 5-31 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 574 1/32 dots. 1-10 K Area 1 to 10 [-120 to +120/32 sub dot] 11-20 M Area 1 to 10 21 - 30 C Area 1 to 10 31 - 40 Y Area 1 to 10 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 575 Sets MUSIC to execute before image data output. 4 During Data In [0 to 1/1] Sets MUSIC to execute during long print jobs. 5 Writing [0 to 1/1] 6 MUSIC Temp Intervals 20 MUSIC:Temp Chg 5-33 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 576 These SP settings switch off feedback during MUSIC for the elements listed below. 1 Feed Back mode 2 Sensor Light 1 3 Sensor Light 2 4 Sensor Light 3 5 AutoLight 6 AdjCoeff:FrontKf 7 AdjCoeff:CtrKc 8 AdjCoeff:RearKr 9 MinPatchDiff:MainFine D014/D015/D078/D079 5-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 577 19 AD Upper Limit 20 AD Lower Limit 21 Sense Start:Norm2:Fine 22 Sense Start:Norm2:Rough 23 Sense Start:Norm1:Fine 24 Sense Start:Norm1:Rough 25 BeforeFilter:a1:Norm2:Fine 26 BeforeFilter:a2:Norm2:Fine 27 BeforeFilter:b0:Norm2:Fine 28 BeforeFilter:b1:Norm2:Fine 29 BeforeFilter:b2:Norm2:Fine 30 AfterFilter:a1:Norm2:Fine 31 AfterFilter:a2:Norm2:Fine 32 AfterFilter:b0:Norm2:Fine 5-35 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 578 38 BeforeFilter:b1:Norm2:Rough 39 BeforeFilter:b2:Norm2:Rough 40 AfterFilter:a1:Norm2:Rough 41 AfterFilter:a2:Norm2:Rough 42 AfterFilter:b0:Norm2:Rough 43 AfterFilter:b1:Norm2:Rough 44 AfterFilter:b2:Norm2:Rough 45 BeforeFilter:a1:Norm:1Fine 46 BeforeFilter:a2:Norm:1Fine 47 BeforeFilter:b0:Norm:1Fine 48 BeforeFilter:b1:Norm:1Fine 49 BeforeFilter:b2:Norm:1Fine 50 AfterFilter:a1:Norm:1Fine 51 AfterFilter:a2:Norm:1Fine 52 AfterFilter:b0:Norm:1Fine 53 AfterFilter:b1:Norm:1Fine 54 AfterFilter:b2:Norm:1Fine 55 BeforeFilter:a1:Norm:1Rough D014/D015/D078/D079 5-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 579 70 Adj to Target Light Amt 71 Auto Adj to Target Light Amt 2155 MUSIC Settings 3 DFU 1 ADC Cycle:Norm2:Fine 2 ADC Cycle:Norm2:Rough 3 ADC Cycle:Norm:1Fine 4 ADC Cycle:Norm:1Rough 5 Store Point:Norm2:Fine 6 Store Point:Norm2:Rough 5-37 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 580 22 M Sub Offset Amt3 23 C Sub Offset Amt1 24 C Sub Offset Amt2 25 C Sub Offset Amt3 26 Y Sub Offset Amt1 27 Y Sub Offset Amt2 28 Y Sub Offset Amt3 29 Tigger V:Fine:Sub D014/D015/D078/D079 5-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 581 1 Target K 2 Target M 3 Target C 4 Target Y 21 K Differential 22 M Differential 23 C Differential 24 Y Differential 41 Focus Value:K 42 Focus Value:M 43 Focus Value:C 44 Focus Value:Y 5-39 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 582 13 C Main Skew 1 14 C Main Skew 2 15 C Main Skew 3 16 Y Main Skew 1 17 Y Main Skew 2 18 Y Main Skew 3 20 M Sub Skew 1 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 583 4 M Sub 1 5 M Sub 2 6 M Sub 3 11 C Main 1 12 C Main 2 13 C Main 3 14 C Sub 1 15 C Sub 2 16 C Sub 3 5-41 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 584 6 K Area 5 7 K Area 6 8 K Area 7 9 K Area 8 10 K Area 9 11 K Area 10 12 K Area 11 21 M Area 0 22 M Area 1 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 585 45 C Area 4 46 C Area 5 47 C Area 6 48 C Area 7 49 C Area 8 50 C Area 9 51 C Area 10 52 C Area 11 61 Y Area 0 5-43 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 586 (by setting SP3501 001 to "1"), these values are used for the charge potential. [-999 to –200/1V] [-999 to –200/1V] [-999 to –200/1V] [-999 to –200/1V] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 587 Set Charge Current Sets and adjusts current for charge applied to the OPC drums. 1 Norm2:LL 6 Norm2:ML 11 Norm2:MM 16 Norm2:MH 21 Norm2:HH 26 Norm1:LL 31 Norm1:ML 36 Norm1:MM 41 Norm1:MH 46 Norm1:HH 51 Half-Speed2:LL 5-45 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 588 Sets the target value for adjustment of the charge rollers of the YMC PCUs. 2 Norm2:LL:Target:M 3 Norm2:LL:Target:C 4 Norm2:LL:Target:Y 7 Norm2:ML:Target:M 8 Norm2:ML:Target:C 9 Norm2:ML:Target:Y 12 Norm2:MM:Target:M 13 Norm2:MM:Target:C 14 Norm2:MM:Target:Y 17 Norm2:MH:Target:M 18 Norm2:MH:Target:C 19 Norm2:MH:Target:Y D014/D015/D078/D079 5-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 589 29 Norm1:LL:Target:Y 32 Norm1:ML:Target:M 33 Norm1:ML:Target:C 34 Norm1:ML:Target:Y 37 Norm1:MM:Target:M 38 Norm1:MM:Target:C 39 Norm1:MM:Target:Y 42 Norm1:MH:Target:M 43 Norm1:MH:Target:C 44 Norm1:MH:Target:Y 47 Norm1:HH:Target:M 48 Norm1:HH:Target:C 49 Norm1:HH:Target:Y 52 Half-Speed2:LL:Target:M 53 Half-Speed2:LL:Target:C 54 Half-Speed2:LL:Target:Y 57 Half-Speed2:ML:Target:M 58 Half-Speed2:ML:Target:C 5-47 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 590 68 Half-Speed2:MH:Target:C 69 Half-Speed2:MH:Target:Y 72 Half-Speed2:HH:Target:M 73 Half-Speed2:HH:Target:C 74 Half-Speed2:HH:Target:Y 77 Half-Speed1:LL:Target:M 78 Half-Speed1:LL:Target:C 79 Half-Speed1:LL:Target:Y 82 Half-Speed1:ML:Target:M 83 Half-Speed1:ML:Target:C 84 Half-Speed1:ML:Target:Y 87 Half-Speed1:MM:Target:M 88 Half-Speed1:MM:Target:C 89 Half-Speed1:MM:Target:Y 92 Half-Speed1:MH:Target:M 93 Half-Speed1:MH:Target:C 94 Half-Speed1:MH:Target:Y 97 Half-Speed1:HH:Target:M D014/D015/D078/D079 5-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 591 Touch [EXECUTE] to manually executes an ac charge on the charge rollers of the YMC PCUs. 2209 Chg AC Adj: Result DFU Displays the results of the ac charge applied manually to the charge rollers of the YMC PCUs with SP2208. 5-49 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 592 –500 V. These values are used only when automatic process control is switched off (by setting SP3501 001 to "1"). [-800 to 0/1 V] [-800 to 0/1 V] [-800 to 0/1 V] [-800 to 0/1 V] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 593 8 Distance: Y 9 Delay at Power On: K 10 Delay at Power On: M [0 to 99 999/ 5000 / 100 cm] 11 Delay at Power On: C 12 Delay at Power On: Y 5-51 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 594 Sets the amount of time for the OPC drum to idle before the start of the job. [0 to 360/ */1 sec.] 2 Execution Timing * Default setting: D014/D078: 75 sec. D015/D079: 60 sec. Sets the threshold of relative humidity to trigger 3 Exec Threshold:Rel Humidity idling of the OPCu.
  • Page 595 1 Norm2 2 Norm1 [0.1 to 3/ 0.45/ 0.01] 3 Half-Speed2 4 Half-Speed1 5 Period of Revs [100 to 15 000 000/100 000/10 cm] 6 Post Switching Coefficient [0.5 to 2/ 1 0.1] 5-53 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 596 [0 to 1/1] 4 Execute:Y Executes forced toner supply to the Y, M, C development 5 Execute:Col units only. [0 to 1/1] Executes forced toner supply to all development units (Y, M, 6 Execute:All Col C, K). D014/D015/D078/D079 5-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 597 This on/off sequence is repeated up to 20 times or until the toner end sensor detects that toner is present in the sub hopper. 2260 Pot.Sn Check Potential Sensor Check. Touch [EXECUTE] to execute a check of all potential sensors. 5-55 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 598 Group 2000 2261 Pot.Sn Chk Disp Displays the results of the potential sensor check executed with SP2260. 1 Vd:K Vr:C 2 Vd:M Vr:Y 3 Vd:C Voffset:K 4 Vd:Y Voffset:M 5 Vr:K Voffset:C 6 Vr:M Voffset:Y D014/D015/D078/D079 5-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 599 TD Sensor Check: Execute. Touch [EXECUTE] to execute a check of all TD sensors. 2263 TD Sn Chk Disp Toner Density Check: Display. Displays results of 2262. Vt is the most recent output of the TD sensor. 1 Vt:K 2 Vt:M 3 Vt:C 4 Vt:Y 5-57 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 600 ITB. If Vsg_reg is less than 3.8V, the ID sensor may be dirty, damaged, or disconnected If Voffset_reg is less than 0.15, the ID sensor should be replaced. (The ID sensors are replaced as a unit.) 1 Vsg_reg 3 Voffset_reg D014/D015/D078/D079 5-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 601 SP mode. Once you leave the SP mode, this SP is reset to zero automatically. 0: Sensor Detect 4: MM 1: LLL 5: MH 2: LL 6: HH 3: ML 5-59 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 602 2 Recycled Paper 3 Special Paper 4 Color 1 [0 to 2/1] 5 Color 2 0: Normal Paper 1: Thick Paper 6 Letterhead 2: OHP 7 Tab Sheet 8 Labels 9 Tracing Paper 010 OHP D014/D015/D078/D079 5-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 603 Sets the value of image transfer bias for K in the areas of the image 1 ITB where nothing is printed. [0 to 70/0.1] 2 PTR [0 to 1/0.01 kV] [0 to 10/0.1 μa] 3 SepDC 4 SepAC [8 to 12/0.1 kV] 5-61 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 604 Takes a reading of the Vltg value for the ITB and PTR. 2 FC 3 B&W 2322 Vltg Meas Result Displays the reading of the ITB and PTR voltages. 1 ITB:K 2 ITB:M 3 ITB:C 4 ITB:Y 5 PTR D014/D015/D078/D079 5-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 605 Set Voltage Detect Interval 1 Execution Interval 2 Page Count:FC 3 Page Count:BW 2330 Set R Thresh:LLL DFU 2331 Set R Thresh:LL DFU 2332 Set R Thresh:ML DFU 2333 Set R Thresh:MM DFU 2334 Set R Thresh:MH DFU 5-63 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 606 Resist Coeff DFU 1 R Level:R-2 2 R Level:R-1 3 R Level:R0 4 R Level:R+1 5 R Level:R+2 6 R Level:R+3 2361 Size Coeff:R-2 DFU 2362 Size Coeff:R-1 DFU 2363 Size Coeff:R0 DFU 2364 Size Coeff:R+1 DFU D014/D015/D078/D079 5-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 607 Margin K:LL DFU 2382 Margin K:ML DFU 2383 Margin K:MM DFU 2384 Margin K:MH DFU 2385 Margin K:HH DFU 2390 Margin FC:LLL DFU 2391 Margin FC:LL DFU 2392 Margin FC:ML DFU 2393 Margin FC:MM DFU 5-65 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 608 [0 to 70/0.1 μa] 1 ITB:K [0 to 70/0.1 μa] 2 ITB:M [0 to 70/0.1 μa] 3 ITB:C [-100 to 0/1 μa] 4 ITM:Y [-100 to 0/1 μa] 13 Side1:PTR [0 to 10/0.1 μa] 14 Side1:SepDC D014/D015/D078/D079 5-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 609 To the distance from the leading edge set with SP2422 Only to black printing on plain paper at full speed (even when full-color is selected). 7 Side1:PTR 8 Side1:SepDC 9 Side1:SepAC [0 to 250/ 1%] 12 Side2:PTR 13 Side2:SepDC 14 Side2:SepAC 5-67 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 610 [-100 to 0/1 mm] The mm distance is measured away from the trailing edge of the image. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 611 These settings 1) apply only full-color printing on plain paper at full speed, and 2) apply to both sides of a duplex page. 2 PTR [0 to 30/1 mm] 3 SepDC [0 to 30/1 mm] 4 SepAC [0 to 30/1 mm] 5-69 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 612 These SPs set the paper size correction coefficient for the image to paper transfer bias threshold values calculated based on the reading of the absolute humidity from the temperature/humidity sensor and the thresholds set with SP2304. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 613 SP2440 – Up to SP2304 001: Threshold 1 SP2441 – More than SP2304 001 Threshold 1, up to SP23204 002 Threshold 2. SP2442 – More than SP2304 002 Threshold 2, up to SP2304 003 Threshold 3 5-71 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 614 [-100 to 0/1 μa] 7 Side1:PTR [0 to 10/0.1 μa] 8 Side1:SepDC 9 Side1:SepAC [8 to 12/0.1 kV] [-100 to 0/0.1 μa] 12 Side2:PTR [0 to 10/0.1 μa] 13 Side2:SepDC 14 Side2:SepAC [8 to 12/0.1 kV] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 615 The title of each SP tells you the side and size where the setting is applied at ITB-to-paper transfer, for example: "Side1:Size1:PTR" means the setting applies to only the first side of Size 1 when the image is transferred from belt to paper. 5-73 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 616 SP2771. The selected value is the number of mm from the leading edge. Applies only to printing in black-and-white mode on Special Paper 1. 2 PTR [0 to 30/1 mm] 3 SepDC 4 SepAC D014/D015/D078/D079 5-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 617 Sets the switch timing that determines the distance from the leading edge where the settings of SP2773 are applied during image transfer from ITB to paper. Applied only when in black-and-white mode on Special Paper 1. [-100 to 0/ 1 mm] 5-75 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 618 Leading Edge Switch Timing for Special Paper 1: FC. Sets the switch off timing of SP2776. The selected value is the number of mm from the leading edge. Applies only to printing in full-color mode on Special Paper 1. 2 PTR [0 to 30/1 mm] 3 SepDC 4 SepAC D014/D015/D078/D079 5-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 619 SP2780 – Up to SP2304 001: Threshold 1 SP2781 – More than SP2304 001 Threshold 1, up to SP23204 002 Threshold 2. SP2782 – More than SP2304 002 Threshold 2, up to SP2304 003 Threshold 3 5-77 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 620 SP2792 – More than SP2304 002 Threshold 2, up to SP2304 003 Threshold 3 SP2793 – More than SP2304 003 Threshold 3, up to SP2304 004 Threshold 4 SP2794 – More than SP2304 004 Threshold 4, up to SP2305 005 Threshold 3 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 621 [-100 to 0/1 μa] 7 Side1:PTR [0 to 10/0.1 μa] 8 Side1:SepDC 9 Side1:SepAC [8 to 12/0.1 kV] [-100 to 0/1 μa] 12 Side2:PTR [0 to 10/0.1 μa] 13 Side2:SepDC 14 Side2:SepAC [8 to 12/0.1 kV] 5-79 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 622 The title of each SP tells you the side and size where the setting is applied at ITB-to-paper transfer, for example: "Side1:Size1:PTR" means the setting applies to only Side 1 of Size 1 when the image is transferred from belt to paper at the PTR. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 623 Leading Edge Switch Timing for Special Paper 2: K. Sets the switch off timing of SP2821. The selected value is the number of mm from the leading edge. Applies only to printing in black-and-white mode on Special Paper 2. 2 PTR [0 to 30/ 1mm] 3 SepDC 4 SepAC 5-81 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 624 SP2823 is applied during image transfer from ITB to paper. Applied only when in black-and-white mode on Special Paper 2. [-100 to 0/1 mm] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 625 SP2826. The selected value is the number of mm from the leading edge. Applies only to printing in full-color mode on Special Paper 2. 2 PTR [0 to 30/ 1 mm] 3 SepDC 4 SepAC 5-83 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 626 Switch Timing for Special Paper 2: FC. Sets the switch timing that determines the distance from the leading edge where the SP2828 settings are applied during image transfer from ITB to paper. Applied only when printing in full-color mode on Special Paper 2. [-100 to 0/1 mm] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 627 SP2835 – More than SP2304 005 Threshold 5 These settings apply only to the image area printed on Special Paper 2 in black-and-white mode. 1 ITB 7 Side1:PTR 8 Side1:SepDC [10 to 200/ 1% 9 Side1:SepAC 12 Side2:PTR 13 Side2:SepDC 14 Side2:SepAC 5-85 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 628 Special Paper 2 in the full-color mode and are applied only to the image area. 1 ITB 17 Side1:PTR 18 Side1:SepDC [10 to 200/ 1% 19 Side1:SepAC 27 Side2:PTR 28 Side2:SepDC 29 Side2:SepAC D014/D015/D078/D079 5-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 629 Use these settings to turn off the temperature/humidity sensor, and raise or lower the level of detection. [0 to 6/1 0: Sensor Detect 4: MM 1: LLL 5: MH 2: LL 6: HH 3: ML 5-87 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 630 Displays the count for the number of blade prevention 3 Op Pg Count Display patterns. [0 to 200/1 pg.] Sets the threshold temperature for this SP code to start 4 Set Operation Temp operating. [0 to 50/ 1 deg] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 631 Sets the distance interval between motor 5 Set Rev Execute Interval stop/reverse executions. [1 to 500/ 1 m] Default: 30 m Switches on the time interval that controls motor 6 Assign Execution reverse executions during continuous print jobs. 5-89 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 632 This SP switches the operation of the PTR lift motor off and on. The PTR lift motor presses the PTR against the fusing belt above during belt-to-paper image transfer and lowers the PTR when it is idle. This prevents the PTR from warping. [*0: Lift Operation On] [1: Lift Operation Off] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 633 [1 to 60/5/1 min. 2912 Encoder Sn:Adj Light 1 Adj Light Amt 2 Light Amt Adj:Pass/Fail 3 Vref_Disp:Main Setting 4 Vref_Disp:Sub Setting 5 Analog Out:Main:After F Adj 6 Analog Out:Sub:After F Adj 7 Light Amt Change Flag 5-91 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 634 5 141.0 Line Speed:Execute 6 352.8 Phase Disp/Set 7 282.0 Phase Disp/Set 8 176.4 Phase Disp/Set 9 141.0 Phase Disp/Set 2915 Encoder Sn Ctrl Condition DFU 1 SC499 Occurrences 2 SC499 Causes 3 ITB Encoder Sn Ctrl D014/D015/D078/D079 5-92 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 635 PCUs. 1 Current Val:K 2 Current Val:M [0 to 5./0.01 V] 3 Current Val:C 4 Current Val:Y 5-93 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 636 TD sensor checks the toner density between pages. 1 Current Val:K 2 Current Val:M [0 to 12/0.01 V] 3 Current Val:C 4 Current Val:Y 5 Initial Val:K 6 Initial Val:M [0 to 12/0.01 V] 7 Initial Val:C 8 Initial Val:Y D014/D015/D078/D079 5-94 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 637 TD Sn: Factory Data: M 3012 TD Sn: Factory Data: C 3013 TD Sn: Factory Data: Y These SP codes display the factory default settings for TD sensor initialization for the K, M, C, and Y PCUs. 5-95 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 638 Vtref (TD sensor reference voltage). It is frequently updated to stabilize the toner concentration in the development unit. [0 to 1/1] 0: On, 1: Off 1 Vtref Corr Mode Setting this SP to 1 switches off Vtref correction between pages. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 639 17 Corr Thresh:K 3044 Img Area These SP codes display the percentage of coverage on printed pages. 1 Latest:K 2 Latest:M [0 to 9999/ 1 cm 3 Latest:C 4 Latest:Y 5 Ave.S:K [0 to 100/ 0.01%] 5-97 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 640 15 Ave.L:C 16 Ave.L:Y 17 Set N Pgs Ave.:S [0 to 100/ 1 sheet] 18 Set N Pgs Ave.:M 19 Set N Pgs Ave.:L 24 DotCoverage 25 DotCoverage [0 to 100/ 0.01%] 26 DotCoverage 27 DotCoverage D014/D015/D078/D079 5-98 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 641 These SP patterns set the time interval for creation of the ID sensor pattern on the drum. 1 Create Int:K 2 Create Int:M [0 to 200/10/ 1 page] 3 Create Int:C 4 Create Int:Y 5 K Page Cnt [0 to 200/0/ 1 page] 5-99 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 642 Displays as a PWM value (pulse width modulation) the level of the ID sensor LED after Vsg has been adjusted. Normal Vsg readings of the ITB bare surface reflectivity should be in the range 4.0 ±0.2V. 1 lfsg:Col [0 to 4096/1] 3 lfsg:K D014/D015/D078/D079 5-100 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 643 Displays the minimum values read from the graduated patterns read by the ID sensor during process control. 3194 ID Coeff Display Displays the most recent and averaged readings of the sensitivity correction coefficients (K2 and K5). 1 K2:Last 2 K5:Last [0 to 5/0.0001] 5 K2:Ave 6 K5:Ave 5-101 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 644 7 Toner Pump CL:C [0 to 99 999 999/1 ms] 8 Toner Pump CL:Y 3301 Tnr Supply Select toner supply method [0 to 1/1] 0: Fixed toner supply 1: PID Toner Supply D014/D015/D078/D079 5-102 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 645 (mm)/Drum speed (mm/s) x 1000. Note: The toner supply control method is selected with SP3301. 1 Last Val:K [0 to 100/1%] 2 Last Val:M 3 Last Val:C 4 Last Val:Y 5-103 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 646 2 Max Supply Rate:M [0 to 150/1%] 3 Max Supply Rate:C 4 Max Supply Rate:Y 5 Min Supply Time:K 6 Min Supply Time:M [0 to 255/1 ms] 7 Min Supply Time:C 8 Min Supply Time:Y D014/D015/D078/D079 5-104 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 647 [0 to 65 535 / 1 mg] 3 C Amount 4 Y Amount 5 K Image Area 6 M Image Area [0 to 65 535 / 1 cm 7 C Image Area 8 Y Image Area 5-105 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 648 [0 to 99 999 999/ 1 mg] 8 Y Remain 9 K % Remain 10 M % Remain These SP codes display the percent of toner remaining. [0 to 100/ 1%] 11 C % Remain 12 Y % Remain D014/D015/D078/D079 5-106 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 649 [0 to 50 / 10/ 1 Sheet] 3 TE:Sheets:Max:K These SPs set the maximum number of pages for monochrome and color guaranteed to print after the machine has determined 4 TE:Sheets:Max:Col near end until the toner-end message is displayed. 5-107 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 650 This SP sets the number of pages to print after the machine has determined near end 15 Page Cnt Stop:Coverage based on percent of A4 coverage until the toner pump is switched off. [0 to 100/ 0/ 1%] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-108 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 651 LD Power Control SP3551 001, 002 Procon Int SP3554 001 Init ProCon Set SP3801 001 DevSetup Execute SP3811 001 to 006 DevSetup Execute Reference SPs with "Fixed" Selected SP2201 001 to 004 Set DC Charge 5-109 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 652 "OFF" or "ON" button to toggle the setting. Switches the timing of the development gamma adjustment during process control off and on. Touch 7 DevGamma(TimeCorrct) either the "OFF" or "ON" button to toggle the setting. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-110 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 653 If the actual development gamma is greater than the 8 Target: Y target development gamma, this SP shows a larger value than the selected pointer table value. [1 to 99/1] 5-111 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 654 Sets the page interval for image quality adjustment. 1 During Job [0 to 100/30/1 Page] Sets the time interval for image quality adjustment while the 2 During Standby machine is in standby mode. [0 to 100/10/1 Min.] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-112 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 655 [0 to 1000/0/ 1 sheet] 3 Pg Cnt:B&W Mode Displays the current page counts that will interrupt long monochrome or color print jobs in order to execute process control. 4 Pg Cnt:Color Mode [0 to 5000/ 0/ 1 sheet] 5-113 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 656 Relative power on. Humidity Range [0 to 99/ 50/ 1 % rh] Sets the absolute humidity for the K drum motor idle time at Absolute power on. Humidity Range [0 to 99/ 6 1 g/m D014/D015/D078/D079 5-114 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 657 10 minutes. [0 to 99/ 6 1 g/m3] Sets the maximum number of times for these SP codes to 5 Max Times execute while the machine remains in standby mode. [0 to 99/ 10/ 1 times] 5-115 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 658 Y-axis results in the development gamma curve. For more, see "Process Control" in Section 6. 1-4 Actual Val:K,M,C,Y 5-8 Target Val:K,M,C,y 9-012 Initial Val:K,M,C,Y 013 Environ Corr:Bk 014 Environ Corr:Col 15-18 Time Lapse Corr:K,M,C,Y 19-22 Tnr Density Corr:K,M,C,Y 23-26 Toner Use Count:K,M,C,Y D014/D015/D078/D079 5-116 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 659 A low threshold setting for the target development gamma. Operational variations between machines Precision of the ID sensor measurements Normal range for Vk: -150V to +150V [-300 to +300/1 V] 5-117 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 660 Display Vd (Value for Control of Charge Potential) Displays the value for V0, the measure of drum potential on dark areas of the drum before laser exposure. Normal range: -700 V to –500 V [-999 to 0/1 V] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-118 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 661 Potential Table. This retrieved value is used to raise the charge of the charge roller that charges the drums. [-999 to 0/1 V] 5-119 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 662 Vk and the maximum coverage, and then uses the result to lookup and retrieve the correct voltage from the Potential Table. This retrieved value is used to raise the input current of the laser diode. [-999 to 0/1 V] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-120 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 663 8 Std Spd1:Y 9 Low Spd2:K 10 Low Spd2:M [-999 to -200/ 1V] 11 Low Spd2:C 12 Low Spd2:Y 13 Low Spd1:K 14 Low Spd1:M [-999 to -200/ 1V] 15 Low Spd1:C 16 Low Spd1:Y 5-121 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 664 5 Std d1:K 6 Std d1:M 7 Std d1:C 8 Std d1:Y 9 Low d2:K 10 Low d2:M 11 Low d2:C 12 Low d2:Y 13 Low d1:K 14 Low d1:M 15 Low d1:C 16 16Y D014/D015/D078/D079 5-122 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 665 Displays the LD power that was referenced during processing control and used in the previous jobs. Used if process control is set for Auto with SP3501 001. 1 NorM2&Low2:K 2 NorM2&Low2:M 3 NorM2&Low2:C 4 NorM2&Low2:Y 5 Norm1&Low1:K 6 Norm1&Low1:M 7 Norm1&Low1:C 8 Norm1&Low1:Y 5-123 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 666 13 Need Ref Length:Y 14 Interrupt Thresh:K Sets the threshold for the amount of toner 15 Interrupt Thresh:M consumption to trigger toner refresh mode. 16 Interrupt Thresh:C [0 to 65 535/ 300/1 mm] 17 Interrupt Thresh:Y D014/D015/D078/D079 5-124 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 667 Tnr Density Adj DFU 1 K SuppTime Coeff 2 M SuppTime Coeff 3 C SuppTime Coeff 4 Y SuppTime Coeff 5 K UseTime Coeff 6 M UseTime Coeff 7 C UseTime Coeff 8 Y UseTime Coeff 5-125 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 668 During machine maintenance after a drum and cleaning blade have been replaced. In both cases, SP3811 prevents the blade from scouring a dry drum. 1 All Colors 2 Col 7 Dev Auger Time D014/D015/D078/D079 5-126 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 669 Y, M, C, K 2 Col Excludes Black (Y, M, C only Sets the number of sheets for A3 coverage to prevent 7 A3 Page Cover scouring of the OPC drum. [0 to 100/ 3/ 1 sheet] 5-127 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 670 SP3811 001 is done only at machine installation, or after a drum and cleaning blade has been replaced in the PCU. SP3801 001 to 006 is done after developer replacement for one or more PCUs. 1 Devr Setup:All 2 Devr Setup:Col [0 to 1/1] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-128 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 671 SP3813 003 below. 1 All Colors [0 to 1/1] 0:Off, 1: On 2 K Only 3 Set Op. Time [10 to 240/1 sec.] 5-129 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 672 Always execute this SP code to confirm successful execution of SP3814. Note!: The "1111" display is read from left to right: KMCY. 3816 Developer Fill:Set DFU 1 Belt Form Start Time:A 2 Developer Fill Time:B 3 Belt Length:C D014/D015/D078/D079 5-130 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 673 However, the manual process control setting was not actually done. 1 Normal ProCon Does potential control only. Does potential control and toner density 2 Exe Density Adj adjustment. Executes process control again just before ACC 3 ACC RunTime ProCon executes. 5-131 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 674: Group 3000

    FC to BW printing during a long print job. [0 to 99/0/1] 0: No switching from FC to BW 1: Switches according to print job (FC/BW) 2 to 99: Switches FC to BW based on the number of pages. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-132 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 675 Main Scan Reg Adjusts the side-to-side registration by changing the scanning start timing in the main scan direction. Note: This adjustment is done for the ADF with SP6006 (ADF Reg. Adj.). [-25 to +25/0.1 mm] 5-133 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 676 Performs the scanner free run with the exposure lamp on or off for full-color, full size (A3 or DLT). 1 Lamp:Off [0 to 1/1] 0: Off, 1: On 2 Lamp:On 4014 Scan DFU Touch [Execute] to execute one scanning operation with the scanner at the home position. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-134 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 677 3 Dust Reject:Lvl Sets the level for vertical line correction caused by dust. A high setting can eliminate unwanted vertical lines caused by dust but it can also thin vertical lines of the original. [0 to 4/1] 5-135 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 678: Group 4000

    [1 A5-Lengthwise (HLT Lengthwise] [2 A5 Sideways HLT Sideways] 4305 8K/16K Detection This SP enables the machine to recognize 8K/16K size paper automatically. [*0: Normal] [1: A4-Sideways LT-Lengthwise] [2: A4-Lengthwise LT-Sideways] [3: 8KAI, 16 KAI] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-136 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 679 4400 Org Edge Mask This SP sets the area to be masked during platen (book) mode scanning. 1 Book:Sub:LEdge 2 Book:Sub:TEdge 3 Book:Main:LEdge [0 to 30/0.1 mm] 4 Book:Main:Tedge 5 ADF:Sub:LEdge 7 ADF:Main:TEdge 8 ADF:Main:TEdge 5-137 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 680 Gray Main Scan Pattern Gradation Gray Main Scan Pattern Gradation Gray Main Scan Pattern Gradation Shading Sub Scan Pattern Grid Thin Line Pattern Pattern Scanned Slant Grid + Grid Pattern Pattern Scanned Gradation RGBCMYK Grayscale D014/D015/D078/D079 5-138 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 681 Patch Color Scanned Patch 16 + Slant Grid C Color Scanned Patch 16 + Slant Grid D Color Patch 16 4429 Select Copy Data Security [0 to 3/3/1] 1 Copying 2 Scanning 3 Fax Operation 5-139 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 682 1 Low Limit Value higher the setting, the more background will be ignored. [0 to 1023/ 392/ 1] This setting determines the level of background to 2 Background Level be output for the AE function. [0 to 1023/888/1] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-140 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 683 5 – 8 Slave:K, M, C, Y 4506 ACC Cor:Dark Sets correction for dark areas for ACC correction. 1 – 4 Master:K, M, C, Y [-128 to +128/1] 5 – 8 Slave:K, M, C, Y 5-141 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 684 26-28 CB Phase: R, G, B 29 BC Phase: Option 30-32 BC Phase: R, G, B 33 BM Phase: Option 34-36 BM Phase: R, G, B 37 MB Phase: Option 38-40 MB Phase: R, G, B D014/D015/D078/D079 5-142 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 685 Transfer Function) designed to improve 5 MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak-Strong) image contrast. Set higher for stronger effect, lower for weaker effect. [0 to 15/1] 6 Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7 (Weak-Strong) Use to remove "jaggies" if they appear. 5-143 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 686 Displays the value read for DAGL_L_ID during automatic SBU 2 DAGL_L adjustment. Displays the value read for DAGL_F_ID during automatic SBU 3 DAGL_F adjustment. 4603 AGC Operation DFU Touch [EXECUTE] to execute automatic gain control (AGC) for HP detection. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-144 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 687 GREEN, and BLUE in the ASCI on the SBU after white level adjustment every time the machine is switched on. 1 FC:F:R (G, B) 3 FC:L:R (G, B) 5 BK:F:R (G, B) 7 BK:L:R (G, B) 5-145 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 688 When switched on, this SP displays the current range for the E (EVEN) or O (ODD) in the ASCI on the SBU after white level adjustment every time the machine is switched on. 1 FC:F:RE 2 FC:F:RO 3 FC:L:RE 4 FC:L:RO 5 BK:F:RE 6 BK:F:RO 7 BK:L:RE 8 BK:L:RO D014/D015/D078/D079 5-146 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 689 (ODD) gain of GREEN or B/W in the ASCI on the SBU after white level adjustment every time the machine is switched on. 1 FC:F:GE 2 FC:F:GO 3 FC:L:GE 4 FC:L:GO 5 BK:F:GE 6 BK:F:GO 7 BK:L:GE 8 BK:L:GO 5-147 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 690 5 BK:F:BE 6 BK:F:BO 7 BK:L:BE 8 BK:L:BO 4641 LoopNumber:WhiteLevel DFU Displays the number of loops done color correction for AGC (Automatic Gain Correction) during white level adjustment. 1 FC [0 to 1023/1] 2 BK D014/D015/D078/D079 5-148 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 691 6 Black Level :Last :FC 7 Black Level :first :BK 8 Black Level :Last :BK 4647 ErrorFlag:Scanner Hardware DFU 4677 Gain Range Adj Value:R DFU 4678 Gain Range Adj Value:G DFU 4679 Gain Range Adj Value:B DFU 5-149 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 692 Black Level Data:G DFU 4695 Black Level Data:G DFU When switched on, these SP codes display E (EVEN) or O (ODD) for the black level check done in the SBU for RED after the machine is switched on. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-150 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 693 Touch [OFF] or [ON] 2 DF mode :Lamp On 4804 Home Position Operation Touch [Execute] to do the home position operation once. 4806 FL Correction On/Off DFU 4808 Result FL Detection DFU 4809 Result FL Correction DFU 5-151 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 694 Test 2 performs a check of the image paths and connections and displays the location of a defect of an error is detected. Test 1 [0 to 65535/1] Test 2 4905 Select Gradation Level This SP changes the threshold parameters of error diffusion. [0 to 255/1] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-152 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 695 Copier Connection Kit. Do this SP with the test chart on each connected machine. Restores the scanner gamma to the previous value 2 Recall Prev Chart (not the factory setting). 3 Read Std. Chart 4 Set Std Chart 5-153 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 696 RGB image after vertiial line correction RGB image after scanner gamma correction RTB image after filtering with MTF RTB image after ADS RGB image after color processing 4993 High Light Correction DFU 4994 Adj Txt/Photo Recognition Level DFU D014/D015/D078/D079 5-154 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 697 This SP adjusts the width (main scan direction) for custom size paper used with the LCIT D350. [100 to 330.2/297/0.1 mm] 5041 Custom Size: Sub Scan This SP adjusts the length (sub scan direction) for custom size paper used with the LCIT D350. [139.7 to 482.6/210/0.1 mm] 5-155 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 698 OFF: IP address not displayed on operation panel ON: IP address displayed on operation panel. 5056 Coverage Counter Display Display or does not display the coverage counter on the LCD. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] 0: Not displayed, 1: Displayed D014/D015/D078/D079 5-156 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 699 Determines whether a non-standard paper size can be input for the universal cassette trays (Tray 2, Tray 3) [0 to 1/1] 0: No 1: Yes. If "1" is selected, the customer will be able to input a non-standard paper size using the UP mode. 5-157 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 700 Note: "SDK" refers to software on an SD card. [0 to 3/1] 0: None 1: Expansion Device 1 2: Expansion Device 2 3: Expansion Device 3 5114 Optional Counter I/F This SP sets the machine for use with the optional counter. Default: Off D014/D015/D078/D079 5-158 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 701 1: No feed count 5126 Set F-Size Document Set F Original Size Selection Sets the original size that the machine detects for F sizes. [*0: 8½ x 13] [1: Folio 8¼ x 13] [2: F 8 x 13] 5-159 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 702 Sets up the by-pass tray for long paper. [0 to 1/1] 0: Off 1: On. Sets the tray for feeding paper up to 600 mm long. With this SP selected on, paper jams are not detected in the paper path. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-160 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 703 If you will change the printer bit switches, you must 'log in' to service mode with this SP before you go into the printer SP mode. [0 to 1/1] 0: Off. Printer bit switches cannot be adjusted. 1: On. Printer bit switches can be adjusted. 5-161 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 704 0 is center; minus is left, + is right. Vertically positions the page numbers printed on both sides Duplex Printout during duplexing. High/Low [–10 to +10/1 mm] Position 0 is center, minus is down, + is up. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-162 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 705 If "0" is selected for "Sunday", for example, and the selected Sunday is the start of the 2nd week, then input a "2" for this digit. 5th, 6th The time when the change occurs (24-hour as hex code). 5-163 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 706 200 SDK1 Unique ID "SDK" is the "Software Development Kit". This data can 201 SDK1 Certification Method be converted from SAS (VAS) when installed or uninstalled. 210 SDK2 Unique ID (DFU) 211 SDK2 Certification Method D014/D015/D078/D079 5-164 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 707 Switches on/off the lock on the local address book account. [0 to 1/0/1] 0: Off 1: On Lockout Threshold Sets a limit on the frequency of lockouts for account lockouts. [1 to 10/5/1] 3 Cancellation On/Off 5-165 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 708 Switches on/off masking of continuously used IDs and passwords that are identical. [0 to 1/0/1] 0: Off 1: On Mitigation Time Sets the length of time for excluding continuous access for identical user IDs and passwords. [0 to 60/15/1 min.] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-166 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 709 [1 to 10/3/1 sec.] 5417 Access Attack Access Permissible Number Sets a limit on access attempts when an excessive number of attempts are detected for MFP features. [0 to 500/100/1] 2 Attack Detect Time 5-167 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 710 Bit3: Full Color Mode 1: Enable / 0: Disable (0) Bit4: Auto Color Select Mode 1: Enable / 0: Disable (0) NOTE: Enabling the SP Mode (Value=1) for Bit 4, diables the login dialog for that color. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-168 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 711 [0 to 1/0/1] 0: On 1: Off 51 SDK1 [0 or 1/ 0 / 1] 0: ON. 1: OFF Determines whether certification is required before a user 61 SDK2 can use the SDK application. 71 SDK3 5-169 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 712 5501 PM Alarm Sets the count level for the PM alarm. [0 to 9999/1] 0: Alarm disabled The PM alarm goes off when the print count reaches this value multiplied by 1,000. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-170 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 713 (set to 1). Sets the length of time the remains opens to determine when to initiate a call. Door Open: Time [03 to 30/1] Length This setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is enabled (set to 1). 5-171 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 714 2 DF scanned originals. [1 to 999/1 K] 5514 Parts Alarm Level Japan Only 1 Normal 2 DF 5610 Base Gamma Ctrl Pt:Execute DFU 4 Get Factory Default 5 Set Factory Default 6 Restore Orginal Value D014/D015/D078/D079 5-172 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 715 Resets NVRAM data to the default settings. Before executing this SP, print an SMC Report. 1 All Clear Initializes items 2 to 15 below. Initializes all registration settings for the engine and copy 2 Engine process settings. 5-173 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 716 Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service) settings. Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service) 15 Clear UCS Setting settings. Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report Service) 16 MIRS Setting settings. Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-control 17 CCS Service) settings. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-174 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 717 7 Paper Feed 7 8 Paper Trans 1 9 Paper Trans 2 010 Paper Trans 3 011 Paper Trans 4 012 Paper Trans 5 013 Paper Trans 6 014 Drum Mtr Lock 015 Development Mtr Lock 5-175 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 718 202 Scan Fan Lock Signal 5804 Output Check Use these SPs to do the output check for the electrical components of the main machine. 1 Fuse Fan: Front NS 2 Fuse Fan: Front HS 3 Fuse Fan: Back NS D014/D015/D078/D079 5-176 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 719 23 PCB Box Fan2:NS 25 PSU Fan 1:NS 26 PSU Fan 1:HS 27 PSU Fan 2:NS 28 PSU Fan 2:HS 29 PT Fan 1:NS 30 PT Fan 2:NS 31 Pelt. Cool Fan:NS 32 Pelt. Cool Fan:HS 5-177 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 720 47 P.Pump Drv CL:C 48 P.Pump Drv CL:M 49 P.Pump Drv CL:K 50 Used Toner Mtr 1 51 Used Toner Mtr 2 52 Chage dc:Y 53 Chage dc:C 54 Chage dc:M 55 Charge Grid K D014/D015/D078/D079 5-178 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 721 68 Paper Transfer:- 69 Paper Transfer:+ 70 Paper Separate dc 71 Paper Separate ac 72 ID Sensor 73 Potential Sn LED:Front 74 Potential Sn LED:Center 75 Potential Sn LED:Rear 76 QL:Y 77 QL:C 78 QL:M 5-179 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 722 101 C Development Mtr 102 Y Development Mtr 103 K Drum Cleaning Mtr 104 M Drum Cleaning Mtr 105 C Drum Cleaning Mtr 106 Y Drum Cleaning Mtr 107 ITB Motor 108 PRT Motor 109 Fusing/Exit M D014/D015/D078/D079 5-180 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 723 126 Feed Mtr 3 Rev:Nor2 127 Feed Mtr 3 Rev:Haf2 128 Feed Mtr 4 Fwd:Rev2 129 Feed Mtr 4 Fwd:Haf2 130 Feed Mtr 4 Fwd:Hi2 131 Feed Mtr 4 Fwd:Hi2:Haf 132 Feed Mtr 4 Rev:Nor2 5-181 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 724 149 Tandem Back Fence SOL: F 150 Tandem Back Fence SOL: R 151 Relay Mtr:Fwd:Nor2 152 Relay Mtr:Fwd:Haf2 153 Relay Mtr:Fwd:Hi1 154 Relay Mtr:Fwd:Hi1:Haf 155 Relay Mtr:Rev: Nor2 156 Relay Mtr:Rev: Haf2 157 Registration Mtr:Nor2 158 Registration Mtr:Haf2 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-182 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 725 172 Inv Pos SOL 174 Dup Jog M:HP Sn 180 Fan K:Nor 181 Ozone Fan K:Nor 182 Ozone Fan K:Haf 183 Main Fan:Nor 184 Main Fan:Haf 185 Dev Fan Y:Nor 186 Dev Fan C:Nor 187 Dev Fan M:Nor 5-183 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 726: Group 5000

    214 M Cleaning Motor: High Speed 1 215 C Cleaning Motor: High Speed 1 216 Y Cleaning Motor: High Speed 1 217 ITB Motor: High Speed 1 218 PTR Motor: High Speed 1 219 Fusing/Exit Motor: High Speed 1 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-184 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 727 238 Y Drum Motor: Half Speed 1 239 Bk Development Motor: Half Speed 1 240 M Development Motor: Half Speed 1 241 C Development Motor: Half Speed 1 242 Y Development Motor: Half Speed 1 5-185 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 728 SC547 – Zero Cross SC548 – SC550 Heating roller thermistor 2 SC551 – Pressure roller thermistor SC553 – SC555 Pressure roller thermistor SC662 – SC565 Hot roller thermistor 5811 Machine Serial This SP displays the machine serial number. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-186 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 729 Controls if the item for initial setting of the screen for the Device NRS device-information notification-call is shown. [0 to 1/1] Information Call Display 0: Enabled. Item initial setting not shown. 1: Disable. Item for initial setting shown. 5-187 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 730 [0 to 100/1 sec.] Controls if permission is given to get access to the SOAP method over Port 80 on the NRS network. 011 Port 80 Enable [0 to 1/1] 0: No. Access denied 1: Yes. Access granted. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-188 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 731 The address is necessary to set up the embedded RCG-N. Note: The address display is limited to 128 characters. Characters beyond the 128 character are ignored. This address is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report. 5-189 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 732 The certification update failed, and the GW URL is being notified of the failed update. The period of the certification has expired and new request for an update is being sent to the GW URL. A rescue update for certification has been issued and a rescue D014/D015/D078/D079 5-190 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 733 Request for certification update in progress. The current certification has expired. An SSL error notification has been issued. Issued after the certification has expired. Notification of shift from a common authentication to an individual certification. 5-191 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 734 Displays the macro version of the @Remote certification CERT: PAC Displays the PAC version of the @Remote certification. CERT: ID2 Code Displays ID2 for the @Remote certification. Spaces are displayed as underscores (_). Asterisks (****) indicate that no NRS certification exists. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-192 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 735 SP codes for embedded RCG-M: SP5816-153 SP5816-154 SP5816-161 0: Japan, 1: USA, 2: Canada, 3: UK, 4: Germany, 5: France 6: Italy, 7: Netherlands, 8: Belgium, 9: Luxembourg, 10: Spain 5-193 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 736 RCG-M. The number displayed (0 or 1) is the result of the execution of SP5816-151. However, this setting can also be changed manually. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Tone Dialing Phone 1: Pulse Dialing Phone D014/D015/D078/D079 5-194 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 737 Use this SP to set a password for access to remote dial up. Follow these rules when setting a user name: Name length: Up to 32 characters Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double quotation marks ("). 5-195 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 738 If this setting is changed, the copier must be cycled off and on. SP5816-187 determines whether the off-hook button can be used to interrupt an embedded RCG-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax transaction. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-196 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 739 Manual Polling No information is available at this time. Regist: Status Displays a number that indicates the status of the @Remote service device. Neither the registered device by the external nor embedded RCG device is set. 5-197 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 740 Displays a number that indicates the result of the inquiry executed with SP5816-203. Succeeded Inquiry number error Registration in progress Proxy error (proxy enabled) Proxy error (proxy disabled) Proxy error (Illegal user name or password) Communication error Certification update error Other error Inquiry executing D014/D015/D078/D079 5-198 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 741 Displays a number that describes the error code that was issued when either SP5816 204 or SP5816 207 was executed. Cause Code Meaning -11001 Chat parameter error Illegal Modem Parameter -11002 Chat execution error -11003 Unexpected error 5-199 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 742 Program out of service -2391 Two registrations for same device -2392 Parameter error -2393 External RCG not managed -2394 Device not managed -2395 Box ID for external RCG is illegal -2396 Device ID for external RCG is illegal D014/D015/D078/D079 5-200 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 743 This SP allows you to confirm and reset the IPv4 address for Ethernet and wireless LAN (802.11): aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd IPv4 Subnet Mask (Ethernet/IEEE 802.11) This SP allows you to confirm and reset the IPv4 subnet mask for Ethernet and wireless LAN (802.11): aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd IPv4 default Gateway (Ethernet/IEEE 802.11) 5-201 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 744 052 ECP (Centro) [0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Switches the job spooling on and off. 065 Job Spooling [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] 0: No spooling, 1: Spooling enabled D014/D015/D078/D079 5-202 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 745 Active IPv6 Link Local The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits Address configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each. These notations can be abbreviated. See "Note: IPV6 Addresses " below this table. 5-203 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 746 Length". The IPV6 address consists of 128 bits divided into 8 blocks of 16 bits: aaaa:bbbb:cccc:dddd:eeee:ffff:gggg:hhhh: The prefix length is inserted at the 17th byte (Prefix Range: 0x0 to 0x80). The initial setting is 0x40 (64). For example, the data: "2001123456789012abcdef012345678940h" is expressed: D014/D015/D078/D079 5-204 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 747 Consumable Supplier bit2-15: Reserved (all) Web shopping link visible Displays or does not display the link to Net RICOH on the top page and link page of the web system. [0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0: Not display, 1:Display...
  • Page 748 Displays or does not display the link to URL1 on the top page of the web system. [0 to 1 / 1 / 1] 0: Not display, 1:Display 242 Web Link2 Name Same as "-239" 243 Web Link2 URL Same as "-240" 244 Web Link2 visible Same as "-241" D014/D015/D078/D079 5-206 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 749 11 HDD Formatting (Ridoc I/F DeskTopBinder) 5833 e-Cabinet Enable Enables the e-Cabinet function. Then, the user names in the cabinet are enabled for use with the POP server. [0 to 1/1] 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 5-207 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 750 Board) is installed. [0 to 1/1] 0: Disable 1: Enable Reduction for [0 to 3/1] Copy Color 0:1, 1:1/2, 2:1/3, 3:1/4 DFU Reduction for [0 to 6/1] Copy B&W 0:1, 1:1/2, 2:1/3, 3:1/4, 6:2/3 Text D014/D015/D078/D079 5-208 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 751 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR Format for [0 to 3/1] Printer Color 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR DFU Format for [0 to 3/1] Printer B&W 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR, 2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR 5-209 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 752 0: 1x Resolution for 1: 1/2x Backup Files 2: 1/3 x 3: 1/4x Sets the rate of compression for the backup files. Default [0 to 2/1] Compression 0: Standard for Backup 1: Low Files 2: High D014/D015/D078/D079 5-210 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 753 0 x 0A – 6M Fix WEP Key Select Determines how the initiator (SBP-2) handles subsequent login requests. [0 to 1/1] 0: If the initiator receives another login request while logging in, the request is refused. 5-211 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 754 Press the User Tools key. These names appear when the user presses the Inquiry button on the User Tools screen. 1 Toner Name Setting: Black 2 Toner Name Setting: Cyan Toner Name Setting: Yellow 4 Toner Name Setting: D014/D015/D078/D079 5-212 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 755 Capture related This is a debugging tool. It sets Authentication related the debugging output mode of Address book related each Net File process. Bit SW 0011 1111 Machine management related Output related (printing, delivery) Repository related 5-213 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 756 1 Sets the speed for USB data transmission. [Full Speed] [Auto Change] Vendor ID 2 Sets the vendor ID: Initial Setting: 0x05A Ricoh Company [0x0000 to 0xFFFF/1] DFU Product ID Sets the product ID. [0x0000 to 0xFFFF/1] DFU Device Release Number Sets the device release number of the BCD (binary coded decimal) display.
  • Page 757 Bit3 = 1 Fax RX delivery function exists Bit2 = 1 Sender password function exists Bit1 = 1 Function to link MK-1 user and Sender exists Bit0 = 1 Sender specification required (if set to 1, Bit6 is set to "0") 5-215 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 758 These SPs (5845-013/014/015/016/017/018/019/020/021) listed above are used for the scan router program. [0 to 1 / 0 / -] Rapid Sending Control 0: Disable, 1: Enable Enables or disables the prevention function for the continuous data sending error. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-216 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 759 [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 step] 0: No retries Delivery Server Retry Times 7 Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the delivery server address book. [0 to 255 / 0 / 1step] 5-217 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 760 HDD can be accessed only by the system administrator at this stage. Executing this SP by the service technician immediately after power on grants full address book access to all users. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-218 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 761 LDAP address book that is controlled by UCS. Initialize All Addr Book 050 Clears everything (including users codes) in the directory information managed by UCS. However, the accounts and passwords of the system administrators are not deleted. 5-219 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 762 This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local address book. Meaning Checks both upper/lower case characters Japan Only --- Not Used --- --- Not Used --- --- Not Used --- --- Not Used --- D014/D015/D078/D079 5-220 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 763 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to symbols and defines the length of the password. [0 to 32 / 0 / 1step] 5-221 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 764 3 Rate for Copy B&W Other [0 to 6/1] 4: 1/6x 4 Rate for Printer Color [0 to 5/1] 5: 1/8x 6: 2/3x1 1: "6: 2/3x" applies to 003, 005, 006 5 Rate for Printer B&W [0 to 6/1] only. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-222 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 765 7 Acc. Ctrl Comm. Log Fax (Lower 4 Bits) 9 Acc. Ctrl.: Job Control (Lower 4 Bits) 011 Acc. Ctrl: Device Management (Lower 4 Bits) 013 Acc. Ctrl: Fax (Lower 4 Bits) 021 Acc. Ctrl: Delivery (Lower 4 Bits) 5-223 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 766 No information is available at this time. Setting: Secondary Srv No information is available at this time. Setting: Start Time No information is available at this time. Setting: Interval Time No information is available at this time. 217 Setting: Timing D014/D015/D078/D079 5-224 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 767 G4 after you add a G4 line. Conversely, if for some reason the G4 line becomes unusable, you can easily switch back to G3. Bluetooth 5851* Sets the operation mode for the Bluetooth Unit. Press either key. [0: Public] / [1: Private] 5-225 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 768 1: ON Target (2: HDD 3: SD Card) 2 Selects the destination where the debugging information generated by the event selected by SP5858 will be stored if an error is generated [2 to 3 /1] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-226 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 769 SP5858, the files are erased when SP5857 010 or 011 is executed. To enable this SP, the machine must be cycled off and on. Free Space on SD Card Displays the amount of space available on the SD card. 5-227 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 770 Stores SC codes generated by copier engine errors. Engine SC Error (0:OFF [0 to 1/1] 1:ON) 0: OFF 1: ON Stores SC codes generated by GW controller errors. Controller SC Error (0:OFF [0 to 1/1] 1:ON) 0: OFF 1: ON D014/D015/D078/D079 5-228 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 771 These SPs allow you to set up to 10 keys for log files for functions 5 Key 5 that use common memory on the controller board. 6 Key 6 [-9999999 to 9999999/1] 7 Key 7 8 Key 8 9 Key 9 010 Key 10 5-229 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 772 Select the authentication method for SMPT. Bit 0: LOGIN Bit 1: PLAIN Bit 2: CRAM_MD5 Bit 3: DIGEST_MD5 Bit 4 to Bit 7: Not Used Note: This SP is activated only when SMTP authentication is enabled by UP mode. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-230 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 773 Allows you to move applications from one SD card another. For more, see "Moving Applications to One SD Card" in Section 1. 1 Move Exec Executes the move from one SD card to another. 2 Undo Exec This is an undo function. It cancels the previous execution. 5-231 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 774 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] 0: Manual reboot, 1: Automatic reboot 5878 Option Setup Select the option to enable then touch [EXECUTE]. 1 Data Overwrite Security 2 HDD Encryption 5881 Fixed Phase Block Erasing DFU Detects fixed phase. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-232 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 775 [5 to 20 / 10 / 1] Set Signature Set Encryption Determines whether the scanned documents with the WIM are encrypted when they are transmitted by an e-mail. [0 to 1 / 0 / 1] 0: Not encrypted, 1:Encryption 5-233 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 776 However, it is not possible to distinguish between Copier and Printer outputs. Pattern 2 (SP5-894-001=2) With this setting, it is possible to distinguish between B/W and color outputs for both the Copier and Printer. However, it is not possible to manage FAX reception documents. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-234 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 777 0: A4 6: 8.5 x 14 SEF 1: 8.5 x 11 7: 8.5 x 11 SEF 2: A3 SEF 8: B5 3: B4 SEF 9: B5 SEF 4: A4 SEF 10: Custom 5: 11 x 17 5-235 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 778 Selects which version of the Scan Router application program, "Light" or "Full (Professional)", is installed. 5974 [0 to 1 / 0 / 1 /step] 0: Light version (supplied with this machine) 1: Full version (optional) D014/D015/D078/D079 5-236 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 779 Press SP Window to return to the SP mode, select the desired print, and press Execute. 1 All (Data List) 2 SP (Mode Data List) 3 User Program Data 4 Logging Data 5 Diagnostic Report 5-237 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 780 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Group 5000 6 Non-Default (Prints only SPs set to values other than defaults.) 7 NIB Summary 8 Capture Log 021 Copier User Program 022 Scanner SP 023 Scanner User Program D014/D015/D078/D079 5-238 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 781 -16 = -2 mm +23 = +3 mm These settings adjust the erase margin for the trailing edges for the front/back. 7 ADF TEdge EMargin [–20 to +20/0.5 mm] -20 = -10 mm +20 = +10 mm 5-239 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 782 Interval Sensor Skew Correction Sensor Separation Sensor Original Set Sensor B5 Detection Sensor A4 Detection Sensor LG Detection Sensor 2 ADF Group 2 Sensor APS Start Sensor ARDF Position Sensor Exit Sensor Paper Width Sensor 5 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-240 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 783 2 ADF Feed M:Rev 3 ADF Trans M:Fwd 4 ADF Ext M:Fwd 5 ADF Top Inv M:Fwd 6 ADF Top Inv M:Rev 7 ADF Bot Inv M:Fwd 8 ADF Bot Inv M:Rev 9 ADF Pickup M:Fwd 5-241 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 784 ADF Original Size Detection Priority. Allows selection of alternate settings for automatic original size detection. (7) 0000 0000 (1) 6017 ADF Mag Adj ADF Magnification Adjustment This changes the magnification by adjusting the speed of scanning. [–50(–5%) to +50(+5%)/0.1%] 6020 Buckle Operation D014/D015/D078/D079 5-242 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 785 LCT Output Chk LCIT RT4000 D350 Use these SPs to do the output check for the optional LCIT. 1 Wide LCT Feed M Lo1 2 Wide LCT Feed M Lo2 3 Wide LCT Feed M Hi1 5-243 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 786: Group 6000

    SCAN: Scandinavia 1 2-Hole:DOM 2 3-Hole:NA [-75 to +75/0.5 mm] + Value: Shifts punch unit in the direction of feed. 3 4-Hole:EU - Value: Shifts punch unit against direction of feed. 4 4-Hole:SCAN 5 2-Hole:NA D014/D015/D078/D079 5-244 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 787 This SP determines whether the finisher entrance roller stops to correct skew when paper enters the finisher. 1 A3 SEF [0 to 1/1/1] 0: Paper stops for skew correction 2 B4 SEF 1: Paper does not stop 3 A4 SEF 5-245 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 788 - Value: Decreases the distance between the 3 A4 SEF jogger fences and the sides of the stack. 4 A4 LEF 5 B5 SEF 6 B5 LEF 7 DLT SEF 8 LG SEF 9 LT SEF 10 LT LEF D014/D015/D078/D079 5-246 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 789 1 A3 SEF [-15. to +1.5/0/0.5 mm] + Value: Increases distance between jogger 2 B4 SEF fences and the sides of the stack. - Value: Decreases the distance between the 3 A4 SEF 5-247 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 790 0: None 2 LT LEF 1: 1 sheet 2: 2 sheets 3 B5 LEF 3: 3 sheets 4 10.5"x7.25" LEF 4: 4 sheets 5 A4 SEF 6 LT SEF 7 B5 SEF 8 10.5"x7.25" SEF D014/D015/D078/D079 5-248 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 791 002 B4 SEF - Value: Shifts staple position away from the crease. 003 A4 SEF 004 B5 SEF Feed O ut 005 DLT SEF 006 LG SEF 007 LT SEF 008 12” x 18” 009 Custom B132S923.WMF 5-249 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 792 Touch [ON] to switch on, [OFF] to switch off. 1 Free Run 1 System Free Run 2 Free Run 1 Free Run (Endurance Testing) 3 Free Run 3 Free Run 4 Free Run 4 Shift, Free Run D014/D015/D078/D079 5-250 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 793 7 Exit Sn 8 Exit Guide HP Sn 9 Low Tray Hgt Sn 10 Up Tray Hgt Sn 11 Up Tray Full Sn 12 Stack Roll HP Sn 13 Jogger HP Sn 14 Feed Out HP Sn 5-251 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 794 29 Punch DIP SW2 30 Stack Junc HP Sn 31 Stack Present Sn 32 Clamp Roll HP Sn 33 Fold Entrance Sn 34 Bot Fence HP Sn 35 Fold Cam HP Sn 36 Fold Plate HP Sn D014/D015/D078/D079 5-252 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 795 Finisher D373 or 3000-Sheet Finisher D374. The following abbreviations are used below: M: Motor JG: Junction Gate SOL: Solenoid Stp: Staple Bot: Bottom 1 Entrance M 2 Up Trans M 3 Low Trans M 4 Exit M 5-253 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 796 19 Book Press SOL 20 Stack JG M 21 Fold Bot Fence M 22 Book Stp M:Front 23 Book Stp M:Back 24 Fold Plate M 25 Fold Roll M 26 Clamp Roll M 27 Punch M D014/D015/D078/D079 5-254 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 797 8 LG SEF 9 LT SEF 10 LT LEF 11 Custom 6151 Adj Staple Pos:Fin2 3000-Sheet Finisher B830 This SP corrects the stapling position of the corner stapler. 1 A3 SEF [-2~+2/0/0.5 mm] 5-255 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 798 - Value: Decreases the distance between the 3 A4 SEF jogger fences and the sides of the stack. 4 A4 LEF 5 B5 SEF 6 B5 LEF 7 A5 SEF 8 A5 LEF 9 DLT SEF D014/D015/D078/D079 5-256 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 799 1 A4 LEF [-5 to 10/0/0.1 mm] 2 B5 LEF [-5 to 2/0/0.1 mm] 3 LT LEF [-5 to 10/0/0.1 mm] 5-257 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 800 5 Tray Bot Plt Sn 6 Tray Near Bot Sn 7 Release HP Sn 8 Jogger HP Sn 9 Shift HP Sn 1 10 Stapler Side HP Sn 11 Stapler HP Sn 12 Stapler Sn 13 Stapler Tray Sn D014/D015/D078/D079 5-258 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 801 29 StackPlate HP Sn 1 30 StackPlate HP Sn 2 31 Stp Hammer HP Sn 32 Return Drv HP Sn 33 Paper Hgh Sn 34 Tray Limit SW 35 Punch HP Sn 2 36 Shift Jog Sn 5-259 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 802 Use these SP codes to perform the output checks for either the 3000-Sheet Finisher B830. The following abbreviations are used below: Mtr: Motor M: Motor JG: Junction Gate SOL: Solenoid Stp: Staple Bot: Bottom 1 Upper Transport Motor 2 Shift Exit M:Cont 3 Upper Tray JG Mtr:Cont D014/D015/D078/D079 5-260 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 803 18 Prestack Stop Mtr:1 Op 19 Fold M:Front:1 Op 20 Fold M:Back:1 Op 21 Return Drv M:1 Op 22 Return TransM:Cont 23 Shift Jog M:1 Op 24 ShiftJogShuntM:1 Op 25 Top Fence Motor:1 Op 26 Bottom Fence Motor:1 Op 5-261 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 804 For future use. (Oct. 2007) 6301 Fine Adj 1st, 2nd Z-Fold Use these SP codes to adjust the positions of the Z-folds done with the Z-Fold Unit B660. The 1st and 2nd folds can be adjusted separately. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-262 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 805 Input Check:Mail Box 9-Bin Mailbox B762 Use these SP codes to perform the input checks for sensors and switches in the mailbox. 1 Paper Detect Sn 1 2 Vert Transport Sn:Bin1 3 Paper Overflow Sn 1 5-263 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 806 22 Paper Detect Sn 9 23 Paper Overflow Sn 9 24 Door Open Switch 6351 Output Check:Mail Box 9-Bin Mailbox B762 Use these SP codes to perform the output checks of the motor and solenoids in D014/D015/D078/D079 5-264 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 807 Use these SP codes to perform the sensor and switch input checks for the Cover Interposer Tray B835. 1 Feed Sn1 2 Feed Sn2 3 Pullout Sn1 4 Pullout Sn2 5 Trans Sn1 6 Trans Sn2 5-265 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 808 21 Length Sn2 22 Tray1 Size Sn1 23 Tray1 Size Sn2 24 Tray1 Size Sn3 25 Tray1 Size Sn4 26 Tray1 Size Sn5 27 Tray2 Size Sn1 28 Tray2 Size Sn2 29 Tray2 Size Sn3 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-266 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 809 8 Trans M 9 Horizontal Trans M 6450 Interposer Size Controls the paper size for the cover interposer tray. Select a paper size and push [Execute] [0∼1/1] 1 A3SEF/12"*18" 0: A3 SEF, 1: 12" x 18" 5-267 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 810 Interposer Tray B704. 1 Paper Feed Cover Sensor 2 Bottom Plate HP Sensor 3 Paper Near End Sensor 4 Paper Set Sensor 5 Bottom Plate HP Sensor 6 Grip Sensor 7 Guide Plate Set Sensor D014/D015/D078/D079 5-268 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 811 Adj Binding Position 1 For future use. (Oct. 2007) 6503 Adj Binding Position 2 For future use. (Oct. 2007) 6504 Adj Punch Jog:Punching For future use. (Oct. 2007) 6505 Adj Punch Jog Value For future use. (Oct. 2007) 5-269 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 812 The ARDF bottom plate lift motor raises the bottom plate that pushes up the original tray and raises it to the optimum feed position. [0~1/1] 0: Bottom plate lifts immediately after originals are set (Default) 1: Bottom plate does not lift until [Start] key is pushed. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-270 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 813 Displays the latest 10 SC codes. 1 Latest --- --- 010 Latest 9th 7502 Total Paper Jam Counter Displays the total number of copy jams. 7503 Total Original Jam Counter Displays the total number of copy jams. 5-271 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 814 ⇒ SP7504-003 indicates the jam counter occurred 3 Tray 1: No Feed at the Tray 1. ⇒ SP7504-004 is not used on D014/D015/D078 4 NA /D079 copier and the value is always “0”. ⇒ SP7504-005 indicates the jam counter occurred 5 Tray 2: No Feed at the Tray 2.
  • Page 815 71 Dup Trans Sn2:Lag Duplex Transport Sensor 1 72 Dup Trans Sn3:Lag Duplex Transport Sensor 2 74 LCT Relay Sn:Lag LCT Relay Sensor:Lag 75 LCT Exit Sn 84 Bypass Feed Sn Bypass Paper Feed Sensor 5-273 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 816 132 Stapler Shift M Stapler Shift Motor 133 Stapler M Stapler Motor: Unit 2 134 Folder Plate M Folder Plate Motor 135 Feed Out Belt M Feed Out Belt Motor 136 Paper Punch Motor Paper Punch Motor D014/D015/D078/D079 5-274 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 817 151 Shift Roller Motor Shift Roller Motor 153 Stapling Motor Stapling Motor 154 Pre-Stack Jam 155 Feed Out Belt Motor Feed Out Belt Motor 156 Paper Punch Motor Paper Punch Motor 157 Z-Fold Motor Jam 5-275 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 818: Group 7000

    167 Vert Transport Path Vertical Transport Path 168 BotPlt Pos Sn Bottom Plate Position Sensor 7504 Paper Jam Loc 3000-Sheet Finisher D374 Displays the list of possible locations where a jam could have occurred. Press D014/D015/D078/D079 5-276 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 819: Group 8000

    181 Shift Roller Motor Shift Roller Motor 182 Stapler Shift M Stapler Shift Motor 183 Stapling Motor Stapling Motor 185 Feed Out Belt Motor Feed Out Belt Motor 186 Paper Punch Motor Paper Punch Motor 187 Insufficient Data 5-277 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 820 202 Stapler Shift M Stapler Shift Motor 203 Stapling Motor Stapling Motor 204 Paper Folding Paper Folding 205 Feed Out Belt Motor Feed Out Belt Motor 206 Paper Punch Motor Paper Punch Motor 207 Insufficient Data D014/D015/D078/D079 5-278 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 821 223 Up Ex Sn:Late Upper Exit Sensor:Late 224 Up Ex Sn:Lag Upper Exit Sensor:Lag 225 Paper Fold M Paper Fold Motor 226 Lower Stopper M Lower Stopper Motor Lock 227 Upper Stopper M Upper Stopper Motor Lock 5-279 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 822 235 Tray 2: Trans Jam 236 Exit Jam 237 Entrance Sn Jam 238 Exit Sn Jam 239 Tray 1: Lift Motor 240 Tray 2: Lift Motor 241 Tray 1: Pickup Motor 242 Tray 2: Pickup Motor D014/D015/D078/D079 5-280 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 823 54 Skew Cor Sn:Lag Skew Correction Sensor:Lag 55 Interval Sn:Lag Interval Sensor:Lag 56 Reg Sn:Lag Registration Sensor:Lag 57 Exit Sn:Lag Exit Sensor:Lag 58 Inv Switch Sn:Lag Inverter Switchback Sensor:Lag 59 Low Inv Sn:Lag Lower Inverter Sensor:Lag 5-281 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 824 133 A4 SEF Displays the total number of jams by paper size. 134 A5 SEF 141 B4 SEF 142 B5 SEF 160 DLT SEF 164 LG SEF 166 LT SEF 172 HLT SEF 255 Others D014/D015/D078/D079 5-282 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 825 1) Jam code, 2) Paper size, 3) Total count when jam occurred, 4) Date of jam. 6 Latest 5 The "jam codes" are listed in the SMC report under SP7504. 7 Latest 6 8 Latest 7 9 Latest 8 10 Latest 9 5-283 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 826 PM Parts Counter Reset (Japan Only) Push [Execute] to clear the parts replacement alarm counter for the 1 Normal main machine. Push [Execute] to clear the parts replacement alarm counter for the 2 DF ADF. 7621 Current Value 7622 Reset D014/D015/D078/D079 5-284 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 827 15 M PCU Lube Bar 16 M PCU Lube App/Clng Blade 17 M PCU Developer 18 M PCU Drum 19 M PCU Charge Roller Unit 20 M PCU Idle Gear 21 M PCU Lube App/Clng Brush 5-285 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 828 38 Y PCU Lube App/Clng Blade 39 Y PCU Developer 40 Y PCU Drum 41 Y PCU Charge Roller Unit 42 Y PCU Idle Gear 43 Y PCU Lube App/Clng Brush 44 Y PCU Toner Cleaning Brush Not Used D014/D015/D078/D079 5-286 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 829 60 Lube Roller:Press Roller 61 Clng Roller:Press Roller 62 Shaft Bearings:Press Roll 63 Used Toner Bottle # 64 ADF Pickup Roller # 65 ADF Feed Belt # 66 ADF Reverse Roller # 67 ADF Transport Belt 5-287 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 830 12 K PCU Joint 13 M PCU# 14 M PCU Cleaning Blade 15 M PCU Lube Bar 16 M PCU Lube App/Clng Blade 17 M PCU Developer 18 M PCU Drum 19 M PCU Charge Roller Unit D014/D015/D078/D079 5-288 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 831 36 Y PCU Cleaning Blade 37 Y PCU Lube Bar 38 Y PCU Lube App/Clng Blade 39 Y PCU Developer 40 Y PCU Drum 41 Y PCU Charge Roller Unit 42 Y PCU Idle Gear 5-289 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 832 57 Fusing Belt 58 Hot Roller 59 Pressure Roller 60 Lube Roller:Press Roller 61 Clng Roller:Press Roller 62 Shaft Bearings:Press Roll 63 Used Toner Bottle # 64 ADF Pickup Roller # 65 ADF Feed Belt # D014/D015/D078/D079 5-290 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 833 7803 PM Counter Display Displays the PM count since the last PM. 7804 PM Counter Reset Resets the PM count. 7807 SC/Jam Counter Reset Push [Start] to reset the SC and jam counters. 5-291 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 834 Push [#] to display a list of error codes. Nothing is displayed if no errors have occurred. 7835 ACC Counter No information is available at this time. 1 Copy ACC 2 Printer ACC 7836 Total Memory Size Displays the contents of the memory on the controller board. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-292 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 835 7934 Toner Bottle Y Toner Information: Yellow Displays detailed information about the toner used in the machine. 1 Model ID 2 Cartridge Ver 3 Brand ID 4 Area ID 5 Production ID 6 Color ID 5-293 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 836 Toner Bottle Log 1: Bk 7936 Toner Bottle Log 1: M 7937 Toner Bottle Log 1: C 7938 Toner Bottle Log 1: Y 1 Serial No 2 Set Date 3 Total Count Start 4 Serial No D014/D015/D078/D079 5-294 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 837 PM MotdrvdistanceDisp 7942 Motdrvdistance%Disp 7944 Motor Drv Distance 1 PCU:K 2 PCU:M 3 PCU:C 4 PCU:Y 7945 Pg Count 7951 Pg Count: End Std Value 2 K PCU Cleaning Blade 3 K PCU Lube Bar 5-295 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 838 20 M PCU Idle Gear 21 M PCU Lube App/Clng Brush 22 M PCU Toner Cleaning Brush Not Used 23 M PCU Joint 24 C PCU# 25 C PCU Cleaning Blade 26 C PCU Lube Bar D014/D015/D078/D079 5-296 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 839 42 Y PCU Idle Gear 43 Y PCU Lube App/Clng Brush 44 Y PCU Toner Cleaning Brush Not Used 45 Y PCU Joint 46 ITB # 47 ITB Cleaning Unit # 48 ITB Cleaning Blade 49 ITB Lube Bar 5-297 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 840 67 ADF Transport Belt 68 ADF Dust Filter # 7954 Pg Count %Display This SP displays the current usage (listed as percent of usage) of the components listed below: Current Usage/Standard Usage Service Life x 100 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-298 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 841 17 M PCU Developer 18 M PCU Drum 19 M PCU Charge Roller Unit 20 M PCU Idle Gear 21 M PCU Lube App/Clng Brush 22 M PCU Toner Cleaning Brush 23 M PCU Joint 5-299 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 842 39 Y PCU Developer 40 Y PCU Drum 41 Y PCU Charge Roller Unit 42 Y PCU Idle Gear 43 Y PCU Lube App/Clng Brush 44 Y PCU Toner Cleaning Brush 45 Y PCU Joint 46 ITB# D014/D015/D078/D079 5-300 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 843 61 Press Roller 62 Shaft Bearings: Press Roll 63 Used Toner Bottle# 64 ADF Pickup Roller# 65 ADF Feed Belt# 66 ADF Reverse Roller# 67 ADF Transport Belt 68 Dust Filter# 7958 Display Mtr Drv Distance 5-301 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 844 12 Development Motor:Y 13 ITB Drive Motor 14 PTR Motor 15 Fusing Motor 7959 Motor Drv Total 7960 Motor Drv Distance Reset 1 Drum Motor:K 2 Drum Motor:M 3 Drum Motor:C 4 Drum Motor:Y 5 Cleaning Motor:K D014/D015/D078/D079 5-302 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 845 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Group 7000 6 Cleaning Motor:M 7 Cleaning Motor:C 8 Cleaning Motor:Y 9 Development Motor:K 10 Development Motor:M 11 Development Motor:C 12 Development Motor:Y 13 ITB Drive Motor 14 PTR Motor 15 Fusing Motor 5-303 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 846 Service Table, make sure that you understand what these prefixes mean. Prefixes Meaning Grand total of items counted for all applications (C, Total: (Grand Total). F, P, etc.). Copy application. Totals (pages, jobs, etc.) executed for each D014/D015/D078/D079 5-304 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 847 SP that you do not understand. Abbreviation What It Means "By", e.g. "T:Jobs/Apl" = Total Jobs "by" Application > More (2> "2 or more", 4> "4 or more" AddBook Address Book Application 5-305 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 848 10 (e.g., for an 11-page job, the counter counts up 11-10 =1) IFax Internet Fax Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI, e.g. ImgEdt border removal, adding stamps, page numbers, etc. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-306 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 849 A3/DLT counter SP is switched ON. PJob Print Jobs Paper PrtJam Printer (plotter) Jam PrtPGS Print Pages Red (Toner Remaining). Applies to the wide format model A2 only. This machine is under development and currently not available. Resolution 5-307 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 850 8006 L:Total Jobs These SPs reveal the number of times an application is used, not the number of pages processed. When an application is opened for image input or output, this counts as one job. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-308 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 851 8012 C:Jobs/LS used for input. [0~9999999/ 1] 8013 F:Jobs/LS The L: counter counts the number of jobs stored from within 8014 P:Jobs/LS the document server mode screen at the operation panel. 8015 S:Jobs/LS 8016 L:Jobs/LS 5-309 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 852 When images stored on the document server by a network application (including Palm 2), are printed with another application, the O: counter increments. When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network application D014/D015/D078/D079 5-310 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 853 When a stored copy job is sent from the document server, the C: counter increments. When images stored on the document server by a network application or Palm2 are sent as an e-mail, the O: counter increments. 5-311 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 854 S:FIN Jobs [0~9999999/ 1] These SPs total finishing methods for scan jobs only. The finishing method is 8065 specified by the application. Note: Finishing features for scan jobs are not available at this time. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-312 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 855 These SPs count the number of jobs broken down by the number of pages in the job, regardless of which application was used. C:Jobs/PGS [0~9999999/ 1] 8072 These SPs count and calculate the number of copy jobs by size based on the number of pages in the job. 5-313 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 856 For example: When a copy job stored on the document server is printed in document server mode, the appropriate L: counter (SP8076 0xx) increments. Printing a fax report counts as a job and increments the F: counter (SP 8073). D014/D015/D078/D079 5-314 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 857 I-Fax counter (812x) also increments. The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent. 8121 T:IFAX TX Jobs [0~9999999/ 0 / 1] 5-315 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 858 3 ACS Count for the number of jobs using ACS mode. These counters count jobs, not pages. If the job is stored on the document server, after the job is stored it is determined to be D014/D015/D078/D079 5-316 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 859 The jobs are counted even though the arrival and reception of the jobs at the Scan Router server cannot be confirmed. If even one color image is mixed with black-and-white images, then the job is counted as a "Color" job. 5-317 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 860 Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job. 8191 T:Total Scan PGS These SPs count the pages scanned by each application that uses the scanner to 8192 C:Total Scan PGS D014/D015/D078/D079 5-318 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 861 Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools display. S:LSize Scan PGS [0~9999999/ 1] 8205 This SP counts the total number of large pages input with the scanner for 5-319 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 862 With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Front side count is the same as the D014/D015/D078/D079 5-320 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 863 The user cannot select mixed sizes or non-standard sizes with the fax application so if the original's page sizes are mixed or non-standard, these are not counted. If the user selects "Mixed Sizes" for copying in the platen mode, the Mixed Size count 5-321 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 864 Copy mode screen 8241 8242 8245 8246 824x 1: Text 824x 2: Text/Photo 824x 3: Photo 824x 4: GenCopy, Pale 824x 5: Map 824x 6: Normal/Detail 824x 7: Fine/Super Fine 824x 8: Binary D014/D015/D078/D079 5-322 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 865 Store File button from within the Copy mode screen. T:Scn PGS/ColCr [0~9999999/ 1] 8261 These SPs count the total number of scanned pages by the color processing mode used. 8261 1 Color Conversion 8261 2 Color Erase 8261 3 Background 5-323 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 866 The L: counter counts the number of pages stored 8295 S:Scan PGS/Stamp from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button 8296 L:Scan PGS/Stamp from within the Copy mode screen D014/D015/D078/D079 5-324 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 867 Store File button from within the Copy mode screen. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP 8-446]. 830x 1 A3 830x 2 A4 830x 3 A5 830x 4 B4 830x 5 B5 830x 6 DLT 5-325 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 868 831x 3 400dpi~599dpi 831x 4 200dpi~399dpi 831x 5 ~199dpi Copy resolution settings are fixed so they are not counted. The Fax application does not allow finely-adjusted resolution settings so no count is done for the Fax application. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-326 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 869 Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine. 8391 1 A3/DLT, Larger 8391 2 A2, Larger Not supported with this printer. 5-327 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 870 F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb [0~9999999/ 0 / 1] 8423 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of pages processed for printing by the fax application. 8424 P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb [0~9999999/ 1] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-328 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 871 6 pages on 1 side (6-Up) 842x 9 8> 8 pages on 1 side (8-Up) 842x 10 9> 9 pages on 1 side (9-Up) 842x 11 16> 16 pages on 1 side (16-Up) 842x 12 Booklet 842x 13 Magazine 5-329 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 872 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below with the copy application. P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt [0~9999999/ 1] 8434 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features below with the print application. 8436 L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt [0~9999999/ 1] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-330 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 873 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the fax application. P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size [0~9999999/ 1] 8444 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the printer application. 8445 S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size [0~9999999/ 1] 5-331 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 874 844x 10 Full Bleed 844x 100 A2 Not supported with this printer. 844x 101 B3 Not supported with this printer. 844x 254 Other (Standard) 844x 255 Other (Custom) These counters do not distinguish between LEF and SEF. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-332 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 875 During duplex printing, pages printed on both sides count as 1, and a page printed on one side counts as 1. C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type [0~9999999/ 1] 8462 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the copy application. 8463 F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type [0~9999999/ 0 / 1] 5-333 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 876 These SPs count by magnification rate the number of pages printed. 1 ~49% 2 50%~99% 3 100% 4 101%~200% 5 201% ~ Counts are done for magnification adjusted for pages, not only on the operation panel D014/D015/D078/D079 5-334 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 877 These SPs count by color mode the total output by the Fax application only L:PrtPGS/Col Mode [0~9999999/ 1] 8496 These SPs count by color mode the total output from within the document server mode window at the operation panel. 849x 1 B/W 5-335 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 878 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages printed with the Print application. 1 B/W 2 Single Color Color MFP and 2-Color MFP machines only. 3 Full Color Color MFP and Color LP machines only. 8507 O:PrtPGS/Col Mode [0~9999999/ 1] D014/D015/D078/D079 5-336 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 879 851x 1 RPCS 851x 2 RPDL 851x 3 PS3 851x 4 R98 851x 5 R16 851x 6 GL/GL2 851x 7 R55 851x 8 RTIFF 851x 9 PDF 851x 10 PCL5e/5c 851x 11 PCL XL 5-337 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 880 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the Scanner application. L:PrtPGS/FIN [0~9999999/ 1] 8526 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed from within the document server mode window at the operation panel. 852x 1 Sort D014/D015/D078/D079 5-338 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 881 Note: These SPs are supported by color MFP and LP machines only. MFP Color LP Color Replaced: 1 Total SP73 1 2 Total: Full Color SP7003 020 3 B&W/Single Color SP7003 021 4 Development: CMY SP7003 10 5 Development: K SP7003 11 5-339 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 882 These SPs count the total output broken down by color output for the Fax application only. 8583 These SPs is supported by color copy MFP machines only. These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools display on the copy machine. 1 B/W D014/D015/D078/D079 5-340 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 883 Note: These SPs are supported only by color copy MFP machines only with the fax application installed. MFP Color Replaced: 1 B/W 2 Single Color 3 Two Color 4 Single Color 8591 O:Counter [0~9999999/ 1] 5-341 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 884 If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is done for each destination. Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not. Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-342 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 885 S:S-to-Email PGS [0~9999999/ 1] 8655 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an e-mail for the Scan application only. 1 B/W 2 Color Supported by Color MFP machines only. Notes 5-343 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 886 If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes, the counts are not done. The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at the Scan Router server. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-344 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 887 8693 F:TX PGS/LS The L: counter counts the number of pages stored 8694 P:TX PGS/LS from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel. Pages stored with the Store File 8695 S:TX PGS/LS 5-345 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 888 5 Network T:Scan PGS/Comp [0~9999999/ 1] 8711 These SPs count the number of compressed pages scanned into the document server, counted by the formats slisted below. 1 JPEG/JPEG2000 2 TIFF (Multi/Single) 3 PDF 4 Other D014/D015/D078/D079 5-346 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 889 Note: For machines that do not support color, the Black toner count is the same as the Total count. 1 Total All toners (YMCK) Black toner Yellow toner Magenta toner 5-347 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 890 10 (10% steps). Supported by B/W, Color, Wide Format A2, Wide Black. Format Roll machines. Yellow Color machines only. Magenta Cyan Wide Format A2 machines only. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-348 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 891 Yellow toner Toner Coverage 21-30% [0~65 535] 8871 These SPs count the percentage of dot coverage for black other color toners. Black toner Magenta toner Cyan toner Yellow toner 8881 Toner Coverage 31 -% [0~65 535] 5-349 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 892 [0~9999999/ 1] These SPs count the amount of time the machine spends in each 8941 operation mode. These SPs are useful for customers who need to investigate machine operation for improvement in their compliance with D014/D015/D078/D079 5-350 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 893 AddBook Register 8951 These SPs count the number of events when the machine manages data registration. 1 User Code User code registrations. [0~9999999/ 1] 2 Mail Address Mail address registrations. 3 Fax Destination Fax destination registrations. 5-351 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 894 8 Fax Program with the Program (job settings) feature. [0~255 / 255] Printer application registrations 9 Printer Program with the Program (job settings) feature. Scanner application 10 Scanner Program registrations with the Program (job settings) feature. D014/D015/D078/D079 5-352 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 895 Enables/Disables the MFPs ability to change the PDL processor mid-job. Some host systems submit jobs that contain both PS and PCL5e/c. If Auto PDL switching is disabled, these jobs will not be printed properly. bit 4 5-353 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 896 In other words, the left margin defined in the job (usually "<ESC>*r0A") will be changed to "<ESC>*r1A". bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 ⇒ 1001 Bit Switch Bit Switch 4 Default bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-354 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 897 Changes the maximum number of jobs that can be stored on the HDD (via Job Type setting) to 1000. The default is 100. bit 5 Face-up output Disabled Enabled (Face-up) All print jobs will be output face-up in the destination tray. bit 6 bit 7 5-355 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 898 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 ⇒ 1001 Bit Switch Bit Switch 7 Default bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 D014/D015/D078/D079 5-356 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 899 Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be either a) the factory setting, b) the previous setting, or c) the current setting. 1101 1 Factory 1101 2 Previous 1101 3 Current 1101 4 ACC 5-357 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 900 1104 3 Black: Middle 1104 4 Black: IDmax 1104 21 Cyan: Highlight 1104 22 Cyan: Shadow 1104 23 Cyan: Middle 1104 24 Cyan: IDmax 1104 41 Magenta: Highlight 1104 42 Magenta: Shadow 1104 43 Magenta: Middle D014/D015/D078/D079 5-358 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 901 1104 3 Black: Middle 1104 4 Black: IDmax 1104 21 Cyan: Highlight 1104 22 Cyan: Shadow 1104 23 Cyan: Middle 1104 24 Cyan: IDmax 1104 41 Magenta: Highlight 1104 42 Magenta: Shadow 1104 43 Magenta: Middle D014/D015/D078/D079 5-358 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 902 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Printer Service Mode Rev. 05/12/2009 1104 44 Magenta: IDmax 1104 61 Yellow: Highlight 1104 62 Yellow: Shadow 1104 63 Yellow: Middle 1104 64 Yellow: IDmax 5-359 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 903 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY P a ge D a t e A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew 68 ~ 69 03/05/2008 Image Transfer 03/05/2008...
  • Page 904 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 905: Detailed Descriptions

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA General Overview 6. DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS 6.1 GENERAL OVERVIEW 6.1.1 MAIN MACHINE D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 906 34. Exposure Glass (ARDF) The color PCU units (Y,M,C) use a charge roller to charge the surface of the OPC drum. The K PCU uses a charge corona unit (Scorotron type) to charge the surface of the drum. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 907: Laser Unit

    To ensure the safety of customers and customer engineers, two switches inside the cover prevent the laser beams from switching on accidentally. When the front cover is open, the +5V line connecting each LD driver on the LD control board is disconnected. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 908 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Laser Unit D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 909: Boards

    SIOB (Scanner I/O Board) This board controls the scanner motor and all the sensors in the scanner unit. The CPU controls this board. LDB (Laser Diode Drive Board) This board contains the driver for the laser diodes. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 910: Sbu (Sensor Board Unit)

    Supplies DC to the machine, and contains the AC supply that controls the power to the fusing lamps. 6.3.2 IPU SBU (Sensor Board Unit) The SBU does the following functions: Black level correction White level correction Color balance calibration Creating the SBU test pattern D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 911 ARDF and the platen mode are not the same. SBU Test Mode Use SP4907 (Set SBU Test Pattern) to select the pattern to print. Touch "Copy Window" then press the Start key twice. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 912: Ipu (Image Processing Unit)

    Image processing, ADS correction, and line width correction are done on the VBCU board for all the digital data sent from the SBU. Finally, the processed data is sent to the printer as digital signals (2 bits/pixel). D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 913: Copy Process Overview

    To reduce wear on moving parts of the color PCUs, the drums of the color PCUs (Y, M, C) do not rotate while they are separated from the image transfer belt during black-and-white copying. If a job contains black-and-white pages and full-color pages, the action of the ITB is controlled by SP3930-1. D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 914: The Copy Process

    For multi-copy runs, the original is scanned once and stored in a temporary file on the hard disk. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 915 The soft lubricant brush roller [10] applies lubricant (ZnSt from the lubricant bar [11]) to the area cleaned by the cleaning blade. Finally, the lubricant blade [12] smoothes and levels the lubricant applied to the OPC. 6-11 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 916 Immediately after this is done, a paper discharge plate neutralizes the charge on the paper and image transfer belt. The curvature of the feed path makes the paper to separate from the image transfer belt. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 917: Scanner Unit

    (R, G, B). The SBU converts the analog signals to digital signals, then sends the digital signals to the IPU. The lens block is always replaced as a unit and requires no adjustment in the field. 6-13 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 918: Original Size Detection

    [F]: APS start sensor. Triggers automatic paper size detection. The table shows the sensor output for each paper size. If an original is on the exposure glass, you can check the sensor output with SP4301 (APS Confirm). D014/D015/D078/D079 6-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 919 Book Mode When the ARDF is open in the Book mode, the CPU checks the APS sensors and determines the original size after the [Start] key has been pressed. 6-15 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 920 The machine always assumes short-edge feed for paper on the by-pass tray. Width is measured by a sensor inside the by-pass tray. The bypass tray cannot measure length, so the registration sensor determines the length of the paper using clock pulses. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 921: Scanner Unit Fan And Anti-Condensation Heater

    The fan pulls the heater air from around the PCBs and blows it out of the scanner unit. The anti-condensation heater turns on when: The main power switch is turned off. The operation switch is turned off. The machine enters the auto off mode. 6-17 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 922: Photoconductor Units (Pcu)

    ITB under the PCUs. The Y, C, and M PCUs all use a charge roller, for example (10) in the M_PCU, to charge the drum surface. The K_PCU, however, uses a charge corona unit to charge its drum. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 923 Also, only the K_PCU has a temperature sensor that is used to correct process control parameters (charge voltage, for example) during process control. All other parts of the PCU units (cleaning and development components) are identical. Only the methods of charge differ. 6-19 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 924: Around The Drum

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Photoconductor Units (PCU) 6.6.2 AROUND THE DRUM In this machine, the K PCU employs a change corona unit and the other PCUs (Y, C, M) use charge rollers. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 925 Lubricant Bar These items comprise the PCU Cleaning Blade cleaning system. The same parts and system are used in all Cleaning Brush Roller Flicker of the four PCU units. Toner Collection Coil Collection Coil Quenching LED 6-21 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 926: Drum Drive

    The drum motor [A] turns the drum motor coupling [B] that rotates the drum motor shaft [C]. During black-and-white copying and printing, only the black drum (K) rotates. The other color drums (Y, M, C) do not rotate. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 927: Drum Charge

    The charge roller is the same length as the drum to ensure an even charge along the entire length of the drum. The charge roller receives its charge from the charge roller power pack. The power pack is connected at a terminal attached to the end of the charge roller shaft. 6-23 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 928 The charge wire cleaning motor [C] switches on at the time set with SP2220-1 to move the charge wire cleaning pad [D] one stroke forward and one stroke back to clean the wires. This keeps the wires free of dirt and ensures a uniform charge corona. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 929: Drum Cleaning And Lubrication

    The lubricant bar [5] supplies lubricant (ZnSt) to the lubricant brush roller [6], and the lubricant brush roller applies the lubricant to the drum. Finally, the lubricant blade [7] smoothes the powder lubricant applied to the surface of the drum by the lubricant brush roller. 6-25 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 930: Pcu Ventilation

    Ozone exhaust fan [A] pulls air from the machine through the first air filter/ozone filter unit and expels it from the machine. Ozone exhaust fan [B] pulls air through the second air filter/ozone filter unit and expels it from the machine. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 931: Development Unit

    2. Doctor Blade (t=2.0) 3. Development Roller 4. Entrance Seal 5. Drum (dia. 60) 6. Toner Collection Auger (dia. 25) 7. Development Auger (dia. 22) 8. Supply Auger (dia. 22) 9. Excess Toner Auger 10. Filter 6-27 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 932: Development Unit Operation

    Near the top of the development unit, the doctor blade [5] cuts and smoothes the developer/toner mixture to the correct thickness. The development bias power pack (not D014/D015/D078/D079 6-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 933: Development, Pcu Unit Drive

    Excess toner removed by the doctor blade drops into the toner collection auger [6]. Development, PCU Unit Drive Drum Cleaning Motors x4 Development Motors x4 Drum Motors x4 Development Auger Shaft Drum Cleaning Motor Shaft Drum Motor Shaft Development Roller Shaft 6-29 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 934: Used Toner Collection

    Horizontal Used Toner Transport Coil PCU (Y) Vertical Used Toner Transport Coil PCU (C) Diagonal Used Toner Transport Coil PCU (M) Used Toner Bottle Transport Coil PCU (K) Used Toner Distribution Coil ITB Unit Excess Toner Ports PTR Unit D014/D015/D078/D079 6-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 935 This coil at the top of the used toner bottle is driven by the used toner bottle near full motor. The coil distributes the used toner evenly across the length of the used toner bottle. 6-31 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 936: Excess Toner Collection Coils

    Cooling Fan 1 (Below Development Unit) Cooling Duct 1 (Below Development Unit) These are new items. An excess developer coil has been added to each PCU in order to transport excess toner from the development unit. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 937: Overview Of Process Control

    ITB Toner supply control. Detects the amount of toner applied to ID sensor patterns between pages and adjusts the amount of toner supplied to the development unit to maintain consistency in the amount of toner. 6-33 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 938: Components Used During Process Control

    The potential sensor measures the potential of the drum immediately after it is charged by the charge rollers in the Y,M,C PCUs and charge corona unit in the K PCU. It also measures a series of patterns (undeveloped latent images) exposed on the drum by the D014/D015/D078/D079 6-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 939: Id Sensor

    The strengths of the charges vary, depending on the surface potential of the drum. A feedback circuit applies voltage to the probe until the strength of this charge equals (offsets) the strength of the charge on the drum. ID Sensor 6-35 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 940: Td Sensor

    Unlike previous machines, this TD sensor is not in direct contact with the developer/toner mixture. Vt is the output voltage of the TD sensor. When Vt goes high, toner is added to the developer to bring Vt back to the Vtref value. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 941: Temperature/Humidity Sensors

    The output of this sensor is used to control the amount of current applied to the image transfer belt and paper transfer roller. It is also used to correct fusing idling temperature during fusing temperature control. 6-37 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 942: List Of Process Control Acronyms

    Electrical potential (Vpl) after Vr (residual potential) adjustment Charge ac bias. Residual potential Vsg after checking the bare surface of the ITB by the diffused reflection Vsg_dif sensor. ID sensor output after reading bare surface of the ITB D014/D015/D078/D079 6-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 943 TD sensor initialization. Target output of the TD sensor. The machine always tries to adjust the toner Vtref WT% in the developer to bring Vt closer to Vtref. Adjustment done for each color Y, M, C, K 6-39 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 944: Important Sp Codes Related To Process

    0: Auto 1: Fixed Charge Charge dc bias SP3576 SP2201 Potential control Prevention of Charge ac bias SP3577 SP2202 abnormal images Exposure PM (LD power) SP3581 SP2211 Potential control Development Development bias SP3575 SP2212 Potential control D014/D015/D078/D079 6-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 945 250 pages. If the development gamma reading is only slightly different from the target value of development gamma, the process control self-check is done every 500 pages. 6-41 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 946 The machine has not been used within a specified length of time since the last process control self-check (SP3555-1). Change in ambient temperature (SP3555-2). Change in relative humidity (SP3555-3) Change in absolute humidity (SP3555-4) D014/D015/D078/D079 6-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 947 This is done manually by the service technician or designer with SP3820-1. 8. Potential control/toner density adjustment process control self-check. This is done with SP3820-2. This SP must be done manually when only the drum is replaced (but not developer). 6-43 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 948 If the process control readings are not within range, Steps 3, 5, 6 are done then the process loops back to Step 1. After the new readings are done at Step 2, then MUSIC is done. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 949 If the charge is within the range –800V to –500V, the drum is functioning normally. Possible Errors at Potential Sensor Calibration SC Codes For More Details: See "Process Control Troubleshooting" in "4. SC436~SC439 Troubleshooting" in the Venus-C1 (B132/B200) Service Manual. SP3821 15, 16, 17 6-45 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 950 Manual. SP3821 21, 22, 23 Transfer current adjustment error Possible Errors with Transfer Current Adjustment SC Codes For More Details: See "Process Control Troubleshooting" in "4. SC465 to SC472 Troubleshooting" in the B132/B200 Service Manual. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 951 Possible Errors at ID Sensor Pattern Detection SC Codes For More Details: SC410~SC413 See "Process Control Troubleshooting" in "4. Troubleshooting" in the Venus-C1 (B132/B200) Service SC414~SC417 Manual. SP3821 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60 6-47 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 952 See "Process Control Troubleshooting" in "4. Troubleshooting" in SC432~SC435 the Venus-C1 (B132/B200) Service Manual. SP3821 Possible Errors at Vd (Development Bias) Adjustment SC Codes For More Details: See "Process Control Troubleshooting" in "4. Troubleshooting" in SC420~SC423 the Venus-C1 (B132/B200) Service Manual. SP3821 D014/D015/D078/D079 6-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 953 Now the machine can use the values calculated during process control to calibrate Vtref and Vtcnt in order to supply the correct amount of toner. There are no checks for abnormal conditions at this step. 6-49 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 954 2. WTL Lens (C) 8. Dust-shield Glass 3. Dual-layer f-theta Lens (C, Y) 9. Dust-shield Glass 4. Polygon Mirror Motor 10. Dust-shield Glass 5. Dual-layer f-theta Lens (M, K) 11. Dust-shield Glass 6. WTL Lens (M) D014/D015/D078/D079 6-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 955 Cylindrical lens (laser beam correction in each LD unit) (Not shown) ↓ Polygon mirror (main scanning line) ↓ Fθ lens (dot position correction) ↓ 1st Mirror ↓ WTL lens (surface distortion correction) ↓ 2nd Mirror ↓ 3rd Mirror ↓ Dust-shield Glass ↓ Drum 6-51 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 956 If the vertical alignment of the patterns is not correct, or if the intervals are not correct, this causes color registration errors. The MUSIC adjustment is done for each color (Y, M, C, K). D014/D015/D078/D079 6-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 957 If a job is started before the MUSIC process has completed, a message ("Now Self Checking") will appear on the operation panel display. The job will not be done until the MUSIC process is finished. Wait for MUSIC to complete. 6-53 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 958 The three MUSIC sensors [A] are arranged in a straight line below the ITB. A roller [B] opposite the sensors pushes the transfer belt against these sensors. This ensures that the sensors read the patterns accurately. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 959 The main scan MUSIC sensor pattern [D] consists of patches for each color (M, C, Y) beside the black (K) color patch. The sub scan MUSIC sensor pattern [E] consists of patches for each color (M, C, Y) above a black (K) patch. 6-55 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 960 Skew is also measured in the main scan direction using the patterns at the left and right of the ITB. If skew is detected, the machine adjusts the angle of the 3rd mirrors. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 961 The machine compares the "Actual" and "Target" values, and adjusts the speeds of the drum motors (Y, M, C) according to the results of this comparison. 6-57 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 962 ITB. The 3rd mirror for black (K) does not have an adjustment motor. (The position of black toner on the ITB is used as a reference point to adjust the positions of the other colors.) D014/D015/D078/D079 6-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 963 The f-theta lenses are made of plastic. The magnification ratio of plastic lenses may vary slightly with temperature. The CPU uses the feedback from these temperature sensors to adjust the mirror positions during MUSIC calibration. This corrects color registration errors on the ITB. 6-59 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 964 (M/A): Low development gamma: Raises the target image density of the sensor pattern and increases the toner concentration. High development gamma: Lowers the target image density of the sensor pattern and decreases the toner concentration. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 965 > Vtref is reduced > Toner supply amount increases TD sensor detection is also done for every page: If Vt < Vtref, the toner supply amount is lowered. If Vt > Vtref, the toner supply amount is raised. 6-61 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 966 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Process Control Toner Supply Operation Flow D014/D015/D078/D079 6-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 967 PTR. The lift mechanism raises the PTR against the belt, paper, and the opposing roller above when the image is transferred from belt to paper and lowers the roller when the machine is idle. These mechanisms are described in more detail below. 6-63 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 968 4. ITB Drive Roller 12. ITB Bias Roller 5. ID/MUSIC Sensor Roller 13. ITB Toner Collection Coil 6. Belt Pressure Roller 14. ITB Cleaning Brush Roller 7. PTR Lubricant Bar 15. ITB Cleaning Blade 8. PTR Cleaning Blade D014/D015/D078/D079 6-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 969 Used toner removed from the PTR by the PTR cleaning brush roller and PTR cleaning blade falls into the rotating coils. This toner is then moved to the transverse used toner collection coil and finally to the used toner bottle. 6-65 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 970 Removes residual toner from the ITB after the image is transferred from the ITB to paper. 15. ITB Cleaning Blade Removes residual toner from the belt after the ITB cleaning brush roller cleans the belt. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 971 The ITB drive motor [A] drives the ITB drive roller [B]. The ITB drive roller rotates the ITB [C]. Other rollers inside the ITB are idle rollers. The ITB motor encoder [D] (inside the ITB motor unit) controls the operation of the ITB motor. 6-67 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 972 ITB stays at position . The Y, C, M drums are separated from the ITB. When Full Color Mode is Selected: The motor turns the cam until the actuator goes into the ITB lift sensor. The motor stops. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 973 If you set the SP to 1, then the machine will not move away from the color PCUs if a black-and-white page is next. This makes printing faster, but increases wear on the color PCUs. 6-69 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 974 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Image Transfer 6.9.4 TRANSFER POWER PACK Transfer power pack ITB transfer roller terminals Image transfer rollers ITB bias roller terminal ITB bias roller D014/D015/D078/D079 6-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 975 The transfer power pack supplies the positive charge for image transfer to the ITB and the negative charge for image transfer from the ITB to paper. A temperature/humidity sensor under the used toner bottle motor controls the amount of the charge applied to the image transfer and ITB bias rollers. 6-71 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 976 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Image Transfer 6.9.5 ITB CLEANING ITB brush cleaning roller ITB cleaning blade Toner collection coil Lubrication Bar Lubricant Brush Roller Lubricant Blade D014/D015/D078/D079 6-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 977 The lubrication bar [D] (ZnSt) lubricates the brush roller [E]. The lubricant brush roller lubricates the ITB to prevent scratching or scouring of the belt surface. Finally, the lubricant blade [F] (ZnSt) removes any toner remaining on the lubricant brush roller. 6-73 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 978 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Image Transfer 6.9.6 ITB SPEED CONTROL MUSIC sensors ID Sensor ITB position sensor 2 (Sub) ITB position sensor 1 (Main) ITB encoder strip D014/D015/D078/D079 6-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 979 ITB in the gap between the sensors remains constant. This detects stretching or shrinking of the belt, and the ITB drive motor speed is adjusted to compensate for this occurrence. 6-75 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 980 Baffled fins [A] collect heat conducted from inside the ITB unit by the heat sink. The image transfer fan [B] draws in cool air and blows air through the fins to dissipate the heat and send it out of the ITB unit. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 981 Cleaning Blade 4. Tension Roller 10. Toner Collection Coil 5. Entrance Guide 11. Paper Dust Brush 6. Lubrication Brush Roller 12. Paper Discharge Plate Note: Items 6, 7, 9, 10, 11 comprise the PTR cleaning unit. 6-77 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 982: Image Transfer And Separation

    ITB. Next, curvature separation at [D] separates the paper from the belt when the ITB makes its abrupt turn toward the top of the machine for the next copy cycle. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 983: Ptr Cleaning

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Image Transfer PTR Cleaning PTR brush cleaning roller PTR cleaning blade PTR toner collection coil Lubricant bar (ZnSt) PTR lubricant brush roller 6-79 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 984 The PTR lubrication bar [E] lubricates the PTR lubricated brush roller [F]. This lubricated roller lubricates the surface of the PTR to prevent scratching or scouring of the roller surface. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 985: Ptr Lift

    The lift mechanism lowers the PTR and pulls it away from the ITB when the machine is not printing. The PTR lift motor [A] rotates cam [B]. The rotation of the cam raises and lowers the lift plate [C] which in turn raises and lowers the PTR [D]. 6-81 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 986 A circular actuator [E] attached to the shaft of the cam shaft passes through the gap in the PTR lift sensor [F]. The interaction of this actuator and sensor tells the machine when to stop raising and lowering the PTR. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 987: Fusing Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing Unit 6.10 FUSING UNIT 6.10.1 OVERVIEW Fusing Unit Components 6-83 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 988 The hot roller is composed of a new, softer sponge material that applies more even pressure during fusing. Because the hot roller is very soft, a mechanism is provided to retract the pressure roller from the hot roller and fusing belt when the machine is not operating. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 989: Fusing Unit Specifications

    Heat Detection Thermostats x3 Heating Roller End x1 Pressure Roller x1 Heating Roller x3 Thermistors x5 Pressure Roller x1 Hot Roller x1 Fusing/Exit Motor (Paper Transport) Fusing Unit Drive Pressure Roller Lift Motor (Raises/lowers pressure roller) 6-85 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 990 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing Unit Warm-up Time EU/AP Less than 75 s < 300 s D014/D078 Less than 90 s D015/D079 Less than 75 s First Copy D014/D078 7.5 s 7.5 s D015/D079 6.4 s B&W D014/D078 5.7 s 6.5 s D015/D079 4.9 s...

  • Page 991: Fusing Lamp Ratings

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 03/2008 Fusing Unit Fusing Lamp Ratings ⇒ 117V 250W 227V 400W Heating Roller 117V 700W 227V 700W 117V 700W 227V 700W Pressure Roller 117V 400W 227V 600W 6-87 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 992 A pressure roller lift mechanism keeps the pressure roller separated from the hot roller while the machine is idle, to protect the hot roller from warping. The fusing/exit motor speed depends on the type of paper selected for the job. Refer to the table below. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 993 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Fusing Unit D014/D078 Paper Thickness Mode Paper Wgt (g/m2) Speed (mm/s) Normal 52.3 to 65 (including 58 W) Normal 1 66 to 100 Normal 2 81 to 100 Medium 101 to 127 Thick 1 128 to 163 176.4...

  • Page 994: Thermistors, Thermostats

    Thermistors take heat readings that the machine uses for fusing temperature control. Thermostats are trip devices with hysterisis elements that will trip if a component overheats in their vicinity. When the thermostat trips, this shuts down the fusing unit. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 995: Fusing Unit Drive

    The fusing/exit motor [1] drives the coupling [2] and main drive shaft [3] via a timing belt. The idle rollers [4] rotated by the main drive shaft, turn the hot roller [5], pressure roller [6], and heating roller [7]. These rollers drive the fusing belt [8] tightly wrapped around these rollers. 6-91 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 996: Strippers

    Unlike the fusing belt stripper plate mechanism, the pressure roller strippers sharply pointed. They touch the fusing belt above the pressure roller to remove any paper that may accidentally stick to the belt after fusing. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-92 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 997: Fusing Belt Lubrication And Cleaning

    The pressure roller [1] pushes up against the fusing belt [2] and hot roller. The oil supply roller [3] applies lubricant to the pressure roller. The oil supply roller cleaning roller [4] cleans the oil supply roller. 6-93 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 998: Fusing Temperature Control

    If the temperature inside the machine is less than 20°C, all target fusing temperatures are increased by 5°C. If the temperature inside the machine is more than 20°C, the standby temperature is decreased by 5°C. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-94 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 999: Fusing Unit Ventilation

    [3] draws in cool air and blows it through the laminations of the heat sink. The first exhaust fan [4] draws the heated air out of the heat sink. The second exhaust fan [5] takes the hot air and blows it out of the machine. 6-95 D014/D015/D078/D079 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 1000: Pressure Roller Lift Mechanism

    At the end of the job, the motor reverses and lowers the pressure roller away from the hot roller. The hot roller and pressure roller remain separated while the machine is idle. This prevents the pressure roller and hot roller from warping and thus prolongs their service lives. D014/D015/D078/D079 6-96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

This manual is also suitable for:

D015D078D079

Table of Contents